STP 21-1-SMCT

HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

Soldier’s Manual of Common Tasks
Warrior Skills
Level 1
SEPTEMBER 2017
DISTRIBUTION RESTRICTION:
Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.
This manual supersedes STP 21-1-SMCT, dated 10 August 2015.
This page intentionally left blank.
*STP 21-1-SMCT
Soldier Training Publication Headquarters No. 21-1-SMCT Department of the
Army Washington, DC, 28 September 2017
Contents
Preface v
Chapter 1 Introduction to the SMCT System 1-1
Chapter 2 Training Guide 2-1
Chapter 3 Warrior Skills Level 1 Tasks 3-1
Appendix A Battle
Drills ............................................................ A-1
Appendix B Proponent School or Agency Codes ....................... B-1
Glossary ......................................................................
....Glossary-1
References ...................................................................
References-1
Subject Area 1: Shoot/Maintain, Employ, and Engage Targets with Individually
Assigned Weapon System 3-1
071-COM-0032 Maintain an M16- series Rifle/M4 series Rifle Carbine 3-1
071-COM-0029 Perform a Function Check on an M16- Series Rifle/ M4 Series Carbine
3-10
071-COM-0028 Load an M16- Series Rifle/M4 Series Carbine3-12
071-COM-0027 Unload an M16 Series Rifle/M4 Series
Carbine 3-15
071-COM-0033 Correct Malfunctions of an M16- Series Rifle/M4 Series Carbine 3-17
071-COM-0031 Zero an M16- Series Rifle/M4 Series Carbine 3-20 071-COM-0030 Engage
Targets with an M16-Series Rifle/M4 Series Carbine 3-25
Subject Area 2: Shoot/Employ Hand Grenades 3-27
Distribution Restriction: Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.
*This manual supersedes STP 21-1-SMCT, dated 10 August 2015.
STP 21-1-SMCT i
031-COM-1009 Detect Chemical Agents Using M9 Detector paper
...................................................................................
...............3-192
031-COM-1008 Identify liquid Chemical Agents Using M8 paper
...................................................................................
...............3-196
031-COM-1006 Decontaminate Yourself and Individual Equipment Using Chemical
Decontaminating Kits 3-200
031-COM-1001 React to Nuclear Attack………. 3-208
031-COM-1003 Mark CBRN-Contaminated Areas. 3-212
081-COM-1001 Evaluate a Casualty (Tactical Combat Casualty Care) 3-220
081-COM-1005 Perform First Aid to Prevent or Control Shock
...................................................................................
...............3-224
081-COM-1023 Perform First Aid to Open the Airway 3-227
081-COM-1054 Apply an Emergency Bandage 3-232
081-COM-0099 Apply a Hemostatic Dressing 3-235
081-COM-0069 Apply a Occlusive Dressing 3-239
081-COM-0048 Apply a Combat Application Tourniquet (CAT)
...................................................................................
...............3-241
081-COM-1055 Apply a FOX Eye Shield 3-244
081-COM-0013 Initiate a DD Form 1380 Tactical Combat Casualty Care (TCCC) Card
3-246
081-COM-1046 Transport a Casualty 3-253
081-COM-1007 Perform First Aid for Burns 3-261
081-COM-0101 Request Medical Evacuation 3-265
052-COM-1271 Identify Visual Indicators of an Implosive Device
(Located at https://www.us.army.mil/suite/doc/23838510) 3-270
052-COM-1270 React to Possible Improvised Explosive Device (IED) Attack
(Located at https://www.us.army.mil/suite/doc/23838478) 3-270
071-COM-0815 Practice Noise, Light, and Litter Discipline ..3-270 071-COM-0804
Perform Surveillance without the Aid of Electronic Device 3-272
071-COM-0801 Challenge Persons Entering Your Area 3-277
301-COM-1050 Report Information of Potential Intelligence
Value 3-280
071-COM-1004 Perform Duty as a Guard 3-284
052-COM-1361 Camouflage Yourself and Your Individual Equipment 3-286
071-COM-4408 Construct Individual Fighting Position 3-292
159-COM-2026 Identify Combatant and Non-Combatant Personnel
& Hybrid Threats 3-305
181-COM-1001 Conduct Operations According to the
Law of War 3-308
071-COM-0011 Employ Progressive Levels of Individual Force 3-310
191-COM-0009 Search a Detainee 3-313
COM-0512 Perform Hand-to-Hand Combat 3-321
Preface
This manual is one of a series of soldier training publications (STPs) that support
individual training. Commanders, trainers, and Soldiers will use this manual and
STP 21-24-SMCT to plan, conduct, sustain, and evaluate individual training of
warrior tasks and battle drills in units.
This manual includes the Army Warrior Training plan for warrior skills level (SL) 1
and task summaries for SL 1 critical common tasks that support unit wartime
missions. This manual is the only authorized source for these common tasks. Task
summaries in this manual supersede any common tasks appearing in military
occupational specialty (MOS)-specific Soldier manuals.
Training support information, such as reference materials, is also included.
Trainers and first-line supervisors will ensure that SL 1 Soldiers have access to
this publication in their work areas, unit learning centers, and unit libraries.
This manual applies to the Active Army, the Army National Guard/Army National Guard
of the United States, and the U.S. Army Reserve unless otherwise stated.
The proponent of this publication is the United States Army Training and Doctrine
Command (TRADOC), with the United States Army Training Support Center (ATSC)
designated as the principle publishing, printing, and distribution agency.
Proponents for the specific tasks are the Army schools and agencies as identified
by the school code, listed in appendix A. This code consists of the first three
digits of the task identification number.
Record any comments or questions regarding the task summaries contained in this
manual on a DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) and
send it to the respective task proponent, James Rose, CIMT,
james.a.rose20.civ@mail.mil, with information copies forwarded to—
Commander, U.S. Army Training and Doctrine Command ATTN: ATCG-MT
Fort Eustis, VA 23604-5701
Commander, U.S. Army Training Support Center ATTN: ATIC-APR
Fort Eustis, VA 23604-5166
This page intentionally left blank.
CHAPTER 1
1-1. GENERAL
Introduction to the SMCT System
The Army's basic mission is to train and prepare Soldiers, leaders, and units to
fight and win in combat. As explained in the Army's capstone training doctrine
(ADP 7-0), units do not have the time or the resources to achieve and sustain
proficiency with every possible training task. Therefore, commanders must identify
the tasks that are the units’ critical wartime tasks. These tasks then become
the unit's Mission Essential Task List (METL). Commanders use the METL to
develop their unit-training plan. Noncommissioned officers (NCOs) plan the
individual training that Soldiers need to become warriors and to accomplish the
METL. The STPs, also known as Soldier’s manuals (SMs), provide the critical
individual tasks for each military occupational specialty (MOS) that support all of
the unit's missions. The NCO leadership uses the tasks in the SMs to train the
Soldiers and measure the Soldiers’ proficiency with these unit-critical tasks. The
manuals provide task performance and evaluation criteria and are the basis for
individual training and evaluation in the unit and for task-based evaluation during
resident training.
The Army identified warrior tasks and battle drills (WTBD) that enhance a Soldier’s
readiness to fight on the battlefield. Warrior tasks are a collection of individual
Soldier skills known to be critical to Soldier survival. Examples include weapons
training, tactical communications, urban operations, and first aid. Battle drills
are group skills designed to teach a unit to react and survive in common combat
situations. Examples included react to ambush, react to chemical attack, and
evacuate injured personnel. WTBD increases the relevance of training to current
combat requirements and enhance the rigor in training. The driving force behind the
change comes from lessons learned. Standards remain constant but commanders must be
aware that the enemy adapts at once and Soldier training will change sooner because
of current operational environments.
Note: If a task identified in the SMCT is not current refer to “DTMS”, or the
Central Army Registry (CAR)
https://atiam.train.army.mil/catalog/catalog/search.html, all tasks are reviewed
every two years and may change before the SMCT is updated.
1-2. PURPOSE
This Soldier’s Manual of Common Tasks (SMCT), Warrior Skill Level (SL) 1, contains
the individual tasks that are essential to the Army's ability to win on the modern
battlefield. In an operational environment, regardless of job or individual MOS,
each Soldier risks exposure to hostile actions. This manual contains the warrior
skills that Soldiers must be able to perform to fight, survive, and win in combat.
This SMCT gives the commander, NCO trainer, first-line supervisor, and individual
Soldiers the information necessary to support integration and sustainment training
in their units. This information allows trainers to plan, prepare, train, evaluate,
and monitor individual training of warrior tasks. Using the appropriate mission-
training plan (MTP), military occupational specialty (MOS)- specific Soldier’s
training publication (STP), and this manual helps provide the foundation for an
effective unit-training plan.
1-3. COMMANDER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
The commander at each level develops a unit METL in consultation with the command
sergeant major and subordinate commanders. Using the training planning process
described in ADP 7-0, the commander develops the METL and then determines the level
of training needed to attain and maintain proficiency. WTBD in Chapter 3
supports an Army at war and becomes the key element in Army Warrior Training (AWT).
Commanders use the unit METL and AWT to determine the necessary training for the
unit and develop a strategy to accomplish the required training throughout the
fiscal year (FY). The commander also gives the NCO leadership the guidance they
need to carry out this strategy. Each commander must design a unit training plan
that prepares the unit for the full spectrum of operations. Soldiers must develop
and sustain proficiency in the critical tasks for their MOS and skill level. The
commander's unit training program should provide individual training for all
Soldiers assigned to the unit and evaluate Soldier proficiency by routine. The
leader's assessment and the AWT are two tools that give the NCO leadership and
commander information about the status of training for individuals and for the
unit, which should be integrated with collective training such as the MTPs, crew
drills, and battle drills.
Chapter 2 provides information about where tasks are trained to standard and how
often tasks are trained to maintain proficiency.
Based on the commander's guidance, individual training in the unit is the
responsibility of the NCO trainers. The commander must give the NCO trainer the
priorities, resources, and directions needed to carry out training. He or she must
also assess the training results of the MTP and other training events, and adjust
the unit training plan as a result. To develop a training program, use the
following seven-step approach:
Step 1. Set the objectives for training.
Step 2. Plan the resources (personnel, time, funds, facilities, devices, and
training aids).
Step 3. Train the trainers.
Step 4. Provide the resources.
Step 5. Manage risks, environmental and safety concerns.
Step 6. Conduct the training.
Step 7. Evaluate the results.
1-4. TRAINER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
Trainers must use the following steps to plan and evaluate training:
Identify individual training requirements. The NCO determines which tasks Soldiers
need to train based on the commander's training strategy. The unit's training plan,
METL, MTP, and the AWT plan (Chapter 2) are sources for helping the trainer define
the individual training needed.
Plan the training. Plan individual training based on the unit’s training plan. Be
prepared to take advantage of opportunities to conduct individual training (“hip
pocket” training).
Gather the training references and materials. The task summaries list references
that can assist the trainer in preparing for the training of that task. The Reimer
Digital Library provides current training materials.
Manage risks and environmental and safety concerns. Assess the risks involved with
training a specific task regarding the conditions current at the time of training
and, if necessary, implement controls to reduce the risk level. Ensure that
training preparation takes into account those cautions, warnings, and dangers
associated with each task as well as environmental and safety concerns (ATP 5- 19).
Train each Soldier. Demonstrate to the Soldier how to do the task with standard
proficiency and explain (step by step) how to do the task. Give each Soldier the
opportunity to practice the task step by step.
Check each Soldier. Evaluate how well each Soldier performs the tasks in this
manual. Conduct these evaluations during individual training sessions or while
evaluating individual proficiencies when conducting unit collective tasks. This
manual provides a training and evaluation guide for each task to enhance the NCO’s
ability to conduct year-round, hands-on evaluations of tasks critical to the unit's
mission. Use the information in the AWT plan (chapter 2) as a guide to determine
how often to train Soldiers using each task to maintain proficiency.
Record the results. Use the leader book referred to in ADP 7-0 to record task
performance. This gives the leader total flexibility with the methods of recording
training tasks. The trainer may use DA Form 5164-R (Hands-on Evaluation) and DA
Form 5165-R (Field Expedient Squad Book) as part of the leader book. These forms
are optional and reproducible anywhere.
Retrain and evaluate. Work with each Soldier until he/she performs the task to
standard. Well-planned, integrated training increases the professional competence
of each Soldier and contributes to the development of an efficient unit. The NCO or
first-line supervisor is a vital link to the conduct of training.
1-5. SOLDIER’S RESPONSIBILITIES
Each Soldier must be able to perform the individual tasks that the first-line
supervisor has identified based on the unit's METL. The Soldier must perform the
task to the standard listed in this SMCT. If a Soldier has a question about how to
do a task, or which tasks in this manual he or she must perform, it is the
Soldier’s responsibility to go to the first-line supervisor for clarification. The
first-line supervisor knows how to perform each task or can direct the Soldier to
the appropriate training materials. In addition, each Soldier should—
a. Know the training steps for both the WTBD and the MOS-specific critical tasks
for his or her skill level. A list of the critical tasks is found in chapter 2 of
this manual and the STP for the specific MOS (MOS-specific tasks). Check DTMS or
the Central Army Registry (CAR) for new training materials to support self-
development with maintaining earlier trained tasks or to learn new tasks.
1-6. TASK SUMMARIES
Task summaries document the performance requirements of a critical warrior task.
They provide the Soldier and the trainer with the information necessary to evaluate
critical tasks. The formats for the task summaries are—
Task title. The task title identifies the action to perform.
Task number. The task number is an l0-digit number or letters that identifies each
task. The first three digits of the number represent the proponent code for that
task. (Appendix A provides a list of proponent codes.) Include the entire 10-digit
task number, along with the task title, in any correspondence relating to the task.
Conditions. The task conditions identify all the equipment, tools, materials,
references, job aids, and supporting personnel that the Soldier needs to perform
the task. This section identifies any environmental conditions that can alter task
performance such as visibility, temperature, or wind. This section also identifies
any specific cues or events (for example, a chemical attack or identification of an
unexploded ordnance hazard) that trigger task performance.
Standards. A task standard specifies the requirements for task performance by
indicating how well, complete, or accurate a product must be produced, a process
must be performed, or both. Standards are described in terms of accuracy,
tolerances, completeness, format, and clarity, number of errors, quantity,
sequence, or speed of performance.
Training and evaluation guide. This section has two parts. The first part,
Performance Steps, lists the individual steps that the Soldier must complete to
perform the task. The second part is the Performance Evaluation Guide. This
provides guidance about how to evaluate a Soldier’s performance of the task. It is
composed of three subsections. The Evaluation Preparation subsection identifies
special setup procedures and, if required, instructions for evaluating the task
performance. Sometimes the conditions and standards must be modified so that the
task can be evaluated in a situation that does not, without approximation,
duplicate actual field performance. The Performance Measures subsection identifies
the criteria for acceptable task performance. The Soldier is rated (GO/NO- GO) on
how well he or she performs specific actions or produces specific products. As
indicated in Evaluation Guidance, a Soldier must score a GO
on all or specified performance measures to receive a GO on the task in order to be
considered trained.
References. This section identifies references that provide more detailed and
thorough explanations of task performance requirements than that given in the task
summary description. This section identifies resources the Soldier can use to
improve or maintain performance.
In addition, task summaries can include safety statements, environmental
considerations, and notes. Safety statements (danger, warning, and caution) alert
users to the possibility of immediate death, personal injury, or damage to
equipment. Notes provide additional information to support task performance.
1-7. TRAINING TIPS FOR NCO LEADERS
Prepare yourself.
Get training guidance from your chain of command about when to train, which
Soldiers to train, availability of resources, and a training site.
Get task, conditions and standards from the task summary in this manual. Ensure
that you can do the task. Review the task summary and the references in the
reference section. Practice doing the task or, if necessary, have someone train you
how to perform the task.
Prepare the resources.
Obtain the required resources as identified in the conditions statement for each
task and/or modified in the training and evaluation guide.
Gather the equipment and ensure that it is operational.
Prepare a training outline consisting of informal notes about what you want to
cover during your training session.
Practice your training presentation.
Coordinate for the use of training aids and devices.
Prepare the training site using the conditions statement as modified in the
training and evaluation guide.
Train the Soldiers.
Tell the Soldier what task to do and how well it must be done. Refer to the task
standards and the performance measures for the task, as appropriate.
Caution Soldiers about safety, environment, and security considerations.
Demonstrate how to do the task to the standard level. Have the Soldiers study the
appropriate training materials.
Provide any necessary training involving basic skills Soldiers must have before
they can be proficient with the task.
Have the Soldiers practice the task until they can perform it to standard levels.
Provide critical information to those Soldiers who fail to perform at task standard
levels, and have them continue to practice until they can perform at standard
levels.
Combine training involving the individual tasks contained in this manual with the
collective tasks contained in the MTP. Ensure that the necessary safety equipment
and clothing needed for proper performance of the job are on hand at the training
site.
Record the results: First-line supervisors record the results and report
information to the unit leadership.
1-8. TRAINING SUPPORT
Appendix A lists the task proponents and agency codes (first three digits of the
task number) with addresses for submitting comments concerning specific tasks in
this manual.
1-9. EVALUATING TASK PERFORMANCE
Trainers need to keep the following points in mind when preparing to evaluate their
Soldiers:
Review the performance measures to become familiar with the criteria about which
you will score the Soldier.
Ensure that all necessary equipment and clothing needed for proper performance of
the job are on hand at the training site. Remember to include safety equipment.
Prepare the test site according to the conditions section of the task summary. Some
tasks contain special evaluation preparation instructions. These instructions tell
the trainer what modifications must be made concerning job conditions to evaluate
the task. Reset the site to its original condition after evaluating each Soldier to
ensure that the conditions are the same for each Soldier.
Advise each Soldier about any special guidance that appears in the evaluation
preparation section of the task summary before evaluating.
Score each Soldier regarding the information in the performance measures and
evaluation guidance. Record the date of training and task performance score (GO /
NO GO) in the sections training records for each Soldier.
When applicable, conduct an exercise after-action review to allow training
participants to discover for themselves what happened, why it happened, and how it
can be done better. Once all key points are discussed and linked to future
training, the evaluator will make the appropriate notes for inclusion into the
score.
Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures pass. Score the Soldier NO GO if
the Soldier fails any step. If the Soldier fails, Show the Soldier what they did
wrong and allow the Soldiers to take the test again.
This page intentionally left blank.
CHAPTER 2
Training Guide
2-1. THE ARMY WARRIOR TRAINING PLAN
Army Warrior Training focuses on training Soldiers warrior tasks, battle drills,
and tasks from a unit’s METL. This chapter and chapter 3 provides information
identifying individual tasks to train and assist in the trainer’s planning,
preparation, training assessment, and monitoring of individual training in units.
It lists by general subject area, and skill level, the critical warrior tasks
Soldiers must perform, the initial training location, and a suggested expertise of
training.
The training location column uses brevity codes to indicate where the task is first
taught to standard levels. If the task is taught in the unit, the word “UNIT”
appears in this column. If the task is trained by a self-development media, “SD”
appears in this column. If the task is taught in the training base, the brevity
code (BCT, OSUT, and AIT) of the resident course appears. Brevity codes and
resident courses are listed below.
The sustainment-training column lists how often (frequency) Soldiers should train
with the task to ensure they maintain their proficiency. This information is a
guide for commanders to develop a comprehensive unit training plan. The commander,
in conjunction with the unit trainers, is in the best position to determine which
tasks, and how often Soldiers should train to maintain unit readiness. (See chapter
3 for a list of individual tasks that support the WTBD to be trained in each Army
unit.)
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CHAPTER 3
Warrior Skills Level 1 Tasks
071-COM-0032
Maintain an M16 Series Rifle/M4 Series Rifle Carbine
Foreign Disclosure: FD7 - This product/publication has been reviewed by the
training/educational developers in coordination with the DOTD, MCoE, Ft Benning, GA
31905 FD authority. This product is NOT releasable to students from foreign
countries.
Conditions:
You have just returned from a mission with your loaded M16 series rifle or M4
series carbine and have been directed to conduct maintenance on your weapon. You
have a small-arms accessory case. Some iterations of this task should be performed
in MOPP 4.
Standards: Clear, disassemble, clean, inspect, lubricate, assemble, and perform a
function check on the M16/M4. Maintain the magazine and ammunition.
Special Condition: None Safety Risk: None MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: None
Note: None
Clear the weapon.
Point weapon in safe direction.
Attempt to place the selector lever on SAFE.
Note: If weapon is not cocked, lever can't be pointed toward safe.
Remove the magazine from the weapon, if present.
Lock the bolt open.
Pull the charging handle rearward.
Press the bottom of the bolt catch.
Move the bolt forward until it engages the bolt catch.
Return the charging handle to the forward position.
Ensure the receiver and chamber are free of ammo.
Place the selector lever on safe.
Press the upper portion of the bolt catch to allow the bolt to go forward.
Place the selector lever from SAFE to SEMI.
Squeeze trigger.
Pull the charging handle fully rearward and release it, allowing the bolt to return
to the full forward position.
Place the selector lever on SAFE.
Disassemble the weapon.
Remove the sling.
Remove the handguards only if you can see dirt or corrosion through the vent holes.
Note: Hand guards on the M16A2 are interchangeable because they are identical. On
the M16A4 the hand guards can be replaced by the M5 adapter rails. On the M4
carbine series, the hand guards can be replaced by the M4 adapter rails. The
M4 and M5 adapter rails are marked with a T for top and B for bottom.The
operator is only authorized to remove the lower adapter rail and rail covers for
cleaning, lubrication, or attaching accessories.
Place the weapon on the buttstock.
Press down on the slip ring with both hands.
Pull the handguards free.
Push the take down pin as far as it will go.
Pivot the upper receiver from the lower receiver.
Push the receiver pivot pin in as far as it will go.
Separate the upper and lower receivers.
Remove carrying handle, if applicable.
Loosen the screws on the left side of the clamping bar.
Lift the handle off once the clamping bar is loose.
Pull back the charging handle.
Remove the bolt carrier and bolt.
Remove the charging handle.
Disassemble the bolt carrier.
Remove the firing pin retaining pin.
Note: Do not spread open or close split end of pin.
Push in bolt assembly to locked position.
out.
Drop firing pin out of rear of bolt carrier.
Remove the bolt cam pin by turning it one-quarter of a turn and lifting it
Remove bolt assembly from carrier.
Press the rear of the extractor pin to check spring function.
Note: Any weak springs should be reported to the unit armor for replacement.
Remove the extractor pin by pushing it out with the firing pin.
Lift out the extractor and spring, taking care that the spring does not separate
from the extractor.
Remove buffer and buffer spring from buttstock.
Press in buffer depress retainer and release buffer.
Remove buffer and action spring.
Remove the buttstock. (M4 series only)
Extend the buttstock assembly to full open.
Separate the buttstock assembly from the lower receiver extension.
) Grasp the lock lever in the area of the retaining nut.
Pull downward.
Slide the buttstock to the rear.
Clean the weapon.
Note: CLP is used to identify when lubricant is needed, however it can be replaced
with LSA (weapons lubricant oil, semifluid), or LAW (lubricating oil, arctic
weather) as applicable.
Do not mix lubricants on the same weapon. The weapon must be thoroughly cleaned
using dry cleaning solvent (SD) when changing from one lubricant to another.
Clean the bore.
Note: The bore of your weapon has lands and grooves called rifling. Rifling makes
the bullet spin very fast as it moves down the bore and down range. Because it
twists so quickly, it is difficult to push a new, stiff bore brush through the
bore.
You will find it easier to pull your bore brush through the bore. Also, because the
brush will clean better if the bristles follow the grooves (called tracking), you
want the bore brush to be allowed to turn as you pull it through.
Attach three cleaning rod sections together.
Swab out the bore with a patch moistened with CLP or RBC.
Attach the bore brush.
Note: When using bore brush, don’t reverse direction while in bore.
Point muzzle down.
Hold the upper receiver in one hand while inserting the end of the rod without the
brush into the chamber.
Let the rod fall straight through the bore.
Note: About 2 to 3 inches will be sticking out of the muzzle at this point.
Attach the handle section of the cleaning rod to the end of the rod sticking out of
the muzzle.
Pull the brush through the bore and out of the muzzle.
Take off the handle section.
Run the brush through the bore again by repeating the process.
Replace the bore brush with the rod tip.
Attach a patch with CLP to the rod tip.
Pull the patch through the bore.
Upper receiver group.
Connect chamber brush to cleaning rod handle.
Dip the chamber brush in CLP and insert in chamber and locking lugs.
Push and twist to clean.
Use a worn out bore brush to clean outside of gas tube.
Note: Gas tubes will discolor from heat. Do not attempt to remove discoloration.
Clean the entire upper receiver by wiping it down.
Bolt carrier group.
Clean carbon and oil from firing pin.
. (2) Clean bolt carrier key with worn brush.
Clean firing pin recess with pipe cleaner.
Clean firing pin hole with pipe cleaner.
Clean behind bolt rings and lip of extractor.
Clean carbon deposits and dirt from locking lugs.
Lower receiver group.
Wipe dirt from trigger with a patch.
Use a patch dampened with CLP to clean powder fouling, corrosion, and dirt from
outside parts of lower receiver and extension assembly.
Use pipe cleaner to clean buttstock drain hole.
Clean buffer assembly, spring, and inside with patch dampened with
CLP.
Wipe dry.
Clean the ejector.
Place a few drops of CLP on the ejector.
Press the ejector in using a spent round casing or dummy round.
Hook casing under extractor and rock back and forth against ejector.
Repeat this process a few times adding lubricant until the action of the ejector is
smooth and strong.
Dry off excess CLP when process is completed.
Inspect the weapon for serviceability.
Upper receiver group.
Check handguards or rails for cracks, broken tabs, proper installation, and loose
heat shields.
Check front sight post for straightness.
Check depression of the front detent.
Check compensator for looseness.
Check barrel for straightness, cracks, burrs or looseness.
Check charging handle for cracks, bends, or breaks.
Check rear sight assembly for properly working windage and elevation adjustments.
Ensure the short and long range sight spring holds the selected sight in
place.
Check gas tube for bends or retention to barrel.
Bolt carrier group.
Inspect bolt cam pin for cracking or chipping.
Inspect firing pin for bends, cracks, and sharp or blunted tip.
Note: Bolts that contain pits in the firing pin hole need replacing.
Inspect for missing or broken gas rings.
Inspect bolt cam pin area for cracking or chipping.
Inspect locking lugs for cracking or chipping.
Inspect extractor assembly for missing extractor spring assembly with insert and
for chipped or broken edges on the lip which engages the cartridge rim.
Inspect firing pin retaining pin to determine if bent or badly worn.
Inspect bolt carrier for loose bolt carrier key.
Inspect for cracking or chipping in cam pin hole area.
Lower receiver.
Inspect buffer for cracks or damage.
Inspect buffer spring for kinks.
Inspect buttstock for broken buttplate or cracks.
Inspect for bent or broken selector lever.
Inspect rifle grips for cracks or damage.
Inspect for broken or bent trigger.
Visually inspect the inside parts of the lower receiver for broken or missing
parts.
Turn in weapons with unserviceable parts for maintenance.
Lubricate the weapon.
Note: Under all but the coldest arctic conditions, CLP is the lubricant to use on
the weapon. Temperature between +10 degrees fahrenheit and -10 degrees fahrenheit,
use either CLP or LAW. For -35 degrees fahrenheit or lower, use LAW only.
Lightly lube means apply a film of lubricant barely visible to the eye. Generously
lube means apply the lubricant heavily enough so that it can be spread with the
finger.
Upper receiver and carrying handle.
Lightly lubricate inside of upper receiver, bore, chamber, front sight, outer
surfaces of barrel, and under the handguards.
Apply a drop or two of lubricant to the front sight detent.
Depress and apply two or three drops of CLP to the front sight detent.
Depress several times to work the lube into the spring.
Apply a drop or two of lubricant to both threaded studs.
Lightly lube the clamping bar and both round nuts.
Lightly lube the mating surface.
Apply one or two drops of lubricant to the adjustable rear sight.
Ensure that the lubricant is spread evenly in the rear sight by rotating
the following parts.
Elevation screw shaft.
Elevation knob.
Windage knob.
Windage screw.
Lower receiver group.
Lightly lube the inside and outside lower receiver extension, buffer, and action
spring.
Lightly lube the inside buttstock assembly.
Generously lube the buttstock lock-release lever and retaining pin.
Generously lube the take down pin, pivot pin, detents, and all other moving parts
and their pins.
Bolt carrier group.
Lightly lube the charging handle and the inner and outer surfaces of the bolt
carrier.
Place one drop of CLP in the carrier key.
Apply a light coat of CLP on the firing pin and firing pin recess in the
bolt. area.
Generously lube the outside of the bolt body, bolt rings, and cam pin
Apply a light coat of CLP on the extractor and pin.
Assemble the weapon.
Install the buttstock assembly. (M4 series only)
Align the buttstock assembly with the lower receiver extension.
Pull downward on the lock release lever near the retaining pin.
Slide the buttstock assembly onto the lower receiver extension.
Insert the action spring and buffer.
Assemble the bolt carrier.
Insert the extractor and spring.
Push in the extractor pin.
Slide the bolt into the carrier.
Replace the bolt cam pin.
Drop in and seat the firing pin.
Pull the bolt back.
Replace the retaining pin.
Engage and then push the charging handle in part of the way.
Slide in the bolt carrier assembly.
Push in the charging handle and the bolt carrier group together.
Join the upper and lower receivers.
Engage the receiver pivot pin.
Close the upper and lower receiver groups.
Push in the take down pin.
Replace the handguards.
Replace the carrying handle, if applicable.
Replace the sling.
Perform a function check on the weapon.
Maintain the magazine.
Disassemble magazine.
Insert the nose of a cartridge into the hole in the base of the magazine.
Raise the rear of the magazine until the indentation on the base is clear of the
magazine.
Slide the base forward until it is free of the tabs.
Remove the magazine spring and follower (do not separate).
Clean all parts using a rag soaked with CLP.
Dry all parts.
Inspect parts for damage such as dents and corrosion.
Note: If any damage is found, turn in to maintenance.
Lightly lube the spring only.
Insert the follower and spring into the magazine tube.
Jiggle the spring to seat them in the magazine.
Slide the base under all four tabs until it is fully seated.
Make sure the printing is on the outside.
Assemble the magazine.
Maintain the ammunition.
Clean the ammunition with a clean dry rag.
Inspect for and turn in any ammunition with the following defects:
Corrosion.
Dented cartridges.
Cartridges with loose bullets.
Cartridges with the bullet pushed in.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References:
Required: TC 3-22.9, TM 9-1005-319-10
Related:
Environment: Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to
do. It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert
to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you
will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting
people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to ATP 3-34.5 Environmental
Considerations and GTA 05-08-002 ENVIRONMENTAL-RELATED RISK ASSESSMENT.
References:
Safety: In a training environment, leaders must perform a risk assessment in
accordance with ATP 5-19, Risk Management. Leaders will complete the current
Deliberate Risk Assessment Worksheet in accordance with the TRADOC Safety Officer
during the planning and completion of each task and sub-task by assessing mission,
enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support available-time available and civil
considerations, (METT-TC). Note: During MOPP training, leaders must ensure
personnel are monitored for potential heat injury. Local policies and procedures
must be followed during times of increased heat category in order to avoid heat
related injury. Consider the MOPP work/rest cycles and water replacement guidelines
IAW TM 3-11.32, Multi-Service Reference For Chemical, Biological, Radiological, And
Nuclear Warning and Reporting And Hazard Prediction Procedures.
071-COM-0029
Perform a Function Check on an M16-Series Rifle/M4-Series Carbine.
Foreign Disclosure: FD6 - This product/publication has been reviewed by the product
developers in coordination with the DOTD, MCoE, Ft Benning, GA 31905 foreign
disclosure authority. This product is releasable to students from foreign countries
on a case-by-case basis.
Conditions: You are a member of a squad or team preparing for an tactical operation
and must ensure the operability of your assigned M16-series rifle or M4-series
carbine.
Standards: Conduct a function check and ensure that the weapon operates properly
with the selector switch in each position.
Condition: None
Special Standards: None
Safety Risk: Low
Cue: None
Note: A function check is the final step of maintaining your weapon. It is also
performed anytime the proper operation of a weapon is in question. Stop a function
check at anytime the weapon does not function properly and turn in the
malfunctioning weapon as per unit Standing Operating Procedures.
Confirm the M16/M4 is clear.
Conduct a function check on the M16/M4.
Place selector lever on SAFE.
Pull charging handle to rear and release.
Pull trigger.
Note: Hammer should not fall.
Place selector lever on SEMI.
Pull trigger.
Note: Hammer should fall.
Hold trigger to the rear and charge the weapon.
Release the trigger with a slow, smooth motion, until the trigger is fully forward.
Note: An audible click should be heard.
Pull trigger.
Note: Hammer should fall.
Place selector lever on BURST (M16A2, M16A4, and M4 only).
Charge weapon one time.
Squeeze trigger.
Note: Hammer should fall.
Hold trigger to the rear.
Charge weapon three times.
Release trigger.
Squeeze trigger.
Note: Hammer should fall.
Place the selector switch on AUTO (M16A3 and M4A1 only).
Pull the charging handle to the rear, charging the weapon.
Squeeze the trigger.
Note: Hammer should fall.
Hold the trigger to the rear.
Cock the weapon again.
Fully release the trigger then squeeze it again.
Note: The hammer should not fall because it should have fallen when the bolt was
allowed to move forward during the chambering and locking sequences.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and/or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected by reviewing the task standards.
Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions, warnings, and
dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References: Required:
Related: TC 3-22.9, TM 9-1005-319-10
071-COM-0028
Load an M16-Series Rifle / M4-Series Carbine
Foreign Disclosure: FD7 - This product/publication has been reviewed by the product
developers in coordination with the DOTD, MCoE, Ft Benning, GA 31905 foreign
disclosure authority. This product is NOT releasable to students from foreign
countries.
Conditions: You are assigned a M16-series rifle or M4-series carbine and must load
it in preparation for operation. You have a 5.56-mm ammunition in a 20 or 30 round
magazine. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Keep the weapon pointed in a safe direction, ensure chanmber is empty,
place weapon on safe, insert a magazine, and chamber a round.
Special Condition: None
Safety Risk: Medium
MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: None
Note: None
Keep the weapon pointed in a safe direction..
Ensure chamber is clear.
Pull the charging handle to the rear.
Check the chamber to ensure it is clear.
Note: The chamber can be checked either by locking the bolt to the rear or by
holding the bolt to the rear and then observing the chamber area.
Return the charging handle to the forward position.
Place weapon on safe.
Lock the bolt to the rear.
Pull the charging handle rearward.
Press and hold the bottom of the bolt catch.
Allow the bolt to move forward until it engages the bolt catch.
Release the bottom of the bolt catch.
Return the charging handle to the forward position.
Insert the magazine.
Note: Round may be chambered with the bolt assembly open or closed.
Rotate the BURST cam to the BURST position.
Ensure the bolt is forward and the selector level is on BURST.
Chamber a round.
Chamber a round when the bolt is open.
Note: The charging handle should not be ridden forward.
Press the upper portion of the bolt catch allowing the bolt to go forward
Tap the forward assist to ensure that the bolt is fully forward and locked.
Note: The weapon is now loaded.
Chamber a round when the bolt is closed.
Note: The charging handle should not be ridden forward.
Pull the charging handle to the rear as far as it will go.
Release the charging handle.
Tap the forward assist to ensure that the bolt is fully forward and locked.
Note: The charging handle should not be rode forward. (Asterisks indicates a leader
performance step.)
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
Evaluation Preparation: SETUP: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and/or
materials described in the conditions statement.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and/or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected by reviewing the task standards.
Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions, warnings, and
dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References:
Required: TC 3-22.9, TM 9-1005-319-10
Related:
071-COM-0027
Unload an M16-Series Rifle / M4-Series Carbine
Foreign Disclosure: FD7 - This product/publication has been reviewed by the
training/educational developers in coordination with the DOTD, MCoE, Ft Benning, GA
31905 FD authority. This product is NOT releasable to students from foreign
countries.
Conditions: You have just returned from a mission and have been directed to unload
your M16-series rifle or M4-series carbine.Some iterations of this task should be
performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Unload the M16-series rifle or M4-series carbine so that the magazine
and all ammunition are removed from the weapon.
Special Condition: None Special Standards: None Safety Risk: Medium MOPP 4:
Sometimes
Cue: None
Note: None
Point the weapon muzzle in a safe direction.
Place the selector lever on SAFE.
Note: If the weapon is not cocked, you cannot place the selector lever on SAFE.
Remove the magazine.
Lock the bolt open.
Pull the charging handle to the rear.
Press the bottom portion of the bolt catch, locking the bolt open.
Return the charging handle to the forward position.
Place the selector lever on SAFE.
Note: If the weapon was cocked before locking the bolt open then the selector lever
should already be on SAFE.
Ensure that no ammunition is in the receiver and chamber.
Return the bolt to the closed position.
Press the upper portion of the bolt catch allowing the bolt to go forward.
Place selector lever on SEMI.
Pull the trigger to release the pressure on the firing pin spring.
Close the ejection port cover. (Asterisks indicates a leader performance step.)
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: At a test site, provide an M4 or M4A1 carbine loaded with dummy ammunition.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier to unload the carbine.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References
Required: TC 3-22.9, TM 9-1005-319-10
Related:
071-COM-0033
Correct Malfunctions of an M16-Series Rifle / M4-Series Carbine
Foreign Disclosure: FD7 - This product/publication has been reviewed by the
training/educational developers in coordination with the DOTD, MCoE, Ft Benning, GA
31905 FD authority. This product is NOT releasable to students from foreign
countries.
Conditions: You have a stoppage while engaging targets with your M16-series rifle
or M4-series carbine. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Perform immediate and/or remedial action so you can continue to engage
targets.
Special Condition: None Ssfety Risk: Medium MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: None
Note: None
Perform immediate action.
Note: The key word "SPORTS" will help you remember the steps for immediate action
in sequence; slap, pull, observe, release, tap, shoot.
Slap upward on the magazine to ensure it is fully seated and that the magazine
follower is not jammed..
Note: When slapping up on the magazine, be careful not to knock a round out of the
magazine into the line of the bolt carrier.
Pull the charging handle fully to the rear.
Observe the ejection of a live round or expended cartridge.
Note: If a weapon fails to eject a cartridge, perform remedial action.
Release the charging handle; do not ride the charging handle.
Tap the forward assist to ensure that the bolt is closed.
Squeeze the trigger and try to fire the rifle.
Note: Apply immediate action only once for a stoppage. If the rifle fails to fire a
second time for the same malfunction remedial action should be performed.
Perform remedial action.
Correct an obstructed chamber.
Attempt to place the weapon on safe
Remove the magazine.
Lock the charging handle to the rear.
Place the selector lever on SAFE, if not already done.
Visually inspect the chamber.
Remove obstructions from the chamber by:
Angling the ejection port downward and shaking the rifle to remove cartridge.
Using a cleaning rod to push out a cartridge stuck in the chamber.
Correct a mechanical malfunction.
Clear the weapon.
Disassemble the weapon.
Inspect for dirty, corroded, missing, or broken parts.
Clean dirty or corroded parts.
Replace missing or broken parts.
Assemble the weapon.
Perform a function check. (Asterisks indicates a leader performance step.)
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and/or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected by reviewing the task standards.
Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions, warnings, and
dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References:
Required: TC 3-22.9, TM 9-1005-319-10
Related:
071-COM-0031
Zero an M16 Series Rifle / M4-Series Carbine
Foreign Disclosure: FD7 - This product/publication has been reviewed by the
training/educational developers in coordination with the DOTD, MCoE, Ft Benning, GA
31905 FD authority. This product is NOT releasable to students from foreign
countries.
Conditions: You are assigned an M16-series rifle or M4-series carbine and have been
directed to zero the weapon. You have 18 rounds of 5.56-mm ammunition, the
appropriate 25-meter zero target, and sandbags for support. Some iterations of this
task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Fire the weapon and adjust the sights so that five out of six rounds in
two consecutive shot groups strike within the 4-centimeter circle on the target
using 18 rounds or less. Record your zero.
Special Condition: None Safety Risk: Medium MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: None
Note: None
Set either the mechanical zero or battlesight zero on your weapon.
Note: Mechanically zeroing the weapon is only necessary when the weapon zero is
questionable, the weapon is newly assigned to the unit, or the weapon sights have
been serviced.
Determine whether to set a mechanical zero or the battlesight zero.
Set a mechanical zero if-
The weapon sights have been serviced.
The weapon is newly assigned to the unit.
The current zero on the weapon is questionable.
Set a battlesight zero if a mechanical zero is not required.
Set a mechanical zero on your weapon.
Adjust the Front Sight.
Move the front sightpost until the base of the front sightpost is flush
with the front sightpost housing.
(M16A1 only) Move the front sightpost, from the flush position, 11 clicks in the
direction of UP.
Adjust the Rear Sight (by weapon type).
) (M16A1 only) Turn the rear sight windage drum left until it stops.
(M16A1 only) Turn the windage drum right 17 clicks to center it.
(M16A2 / M16A3 / M16A4 / M4-series) Set rear apertures by positioning the apertures
so the unmarked aperture is up and the 0-200 meter aperture is down.
(M16A2 / M16A3 / M16A4 / M4-series) Set windage by turning the windage knob to
align the index mark on the 0-200 meter aperture with the long center index line on
the rear sight assembly.
(M16A2 / M16A3) Set the elevation of the M16A2/A3 by turning the elevation knob
counterclockwise until the rear sight assembly rests flush with the carrying handle
and the 8 / 3 marking is aligned with the index line on the left side of the
carrying handle.
(M16A4 only) Turn the elevation knob counterclockwise until the rear sight assembly
rests flush with the carrying handle and the 6 / 3 marking is aligned with the
index line on the left side of the carrying handle.
(M4-series only) Turn the elevation knob counterclockwise until the rear sight
assembly rests flush with the detachable carrying handle and the 6 / 3 marking is
aligned with the index line on the left side of the carrying handle.
Set a battlesight zero on your weapon.
Note: No changes are made to the front sight when setting a battlesight zero.
(M16A1 only) Adjust Rear Sight by flipping the aperture to ensure the aperture
marked "L" is visible.
(M16A2 / M16A3 / M16A4 / M4-Series only) Adjust rear aperture by positioning the
apertures so the unmarked aperture is up and the 0-200 meter aperture is down.
(M16A2 / M16A3 / M16A4 / M4-Series only) Adjust windage by turning the windage knob
to align the index mark on the 0-200 meter aperture with the long center index line
on the rear sight assembly.
(M16A2 / M16A3 only) Adjust elevation by-
Turning the elevation knob counterclockwise until the rear sight assembly rests
flush with the carrying handle and the 8 / 3 marking is aligned with the index line
on the left side of the carrying handle.
Turning the elevation knob one more click clockwise.
(M16A4 only) Adjust elevation by-
Turning the elevation knob counterclockwise until the rear sight assembly rests
flush with the carrying handle and the 6 / 3 marking is aligned with the index line
on the left side of the carrying handle.
Turning the elevation knob two more clicks clockwise so the index line on the left
side of the detachable carrying handle is aligned with the "Z" on the elevation
knob.
(M4-series only) Adjust elevation by turning the elevation knob counterclockwise
until the rear sight assembly rests flush with the detachable
carrying handle and the 6 / 3 marking is aligned with the index line on the left
side
of the carrying handle.
Establish a correct sight picture.
Confirm the correct 25-meter zero target is facing you.
Assume a prone supported firing position.
Align the sights.
Center the top of the front sight post in the center of the rear sight.
Visualize imaginary cross hairs in the center of the rear aperture so that the top
of the front sight post touches the imaginary horizontal line and the front sight
post bisects imaginary vertical line.
Verify the sight picture.
Align the aiming point.
Aim at target center.
Position the top of the front sight post center mass of the scaled silhouette
target.
Confirm that an imaginary vertical line drawn through the center of the front sight
post splits the target.
Confirm that an imaginary horizontal line drawn through the top of the front sight
post splits the target.
Establish a tight shot group.
Note: A tight shot group is 3 consecutive rounds within a 4 centimeter or less
circle.
Fire a three round shot group at the 25-meter zeroing target.
Identify the shot group on the target.
Repeat step 3a and step 3b until 2 consecutive 3 round shot groups fall within a 4
centimeter or less circle.
Note: If a tight shot group is not obtained after 18 rounds then remedial training
must be done.
Adjust sights (if required) to obtain a zero.
Note: Do not adjust the sights your just fired shot groups meet the standard.
Determine the necessary sight adjustments by identifying the center of the last
fired shot group and identifying the adjustment to move this point to the center of
the strike zone (zero offset).
Note: The numbered squares around the edges of the target each represent a click on
the sight.
Adjust Elevation.
Note: One click clockwise moves the strike of the bullet down one square, while one
click counterclockwise moves the strike of the bullet up one square.
Find the horizontal line nearest the center of the shot group.
Follow the line either left or right to the nearest edge of the target.
Identify the number of clicks and the direction of adjustment shown at the edge of
the target.
Adjust the front sight in the indicated direction by the appropriate number of
clicks.
Record the adjustment made on the target.
Adjust Windage.
Note: Three clicks counterclockwise moves the strike of the bullet left one square,
while three clicks clockwise moves the strike of the bullet right one square.
Find the vertical line (up and down) nearest the center of the shot
group.
Follow the line either up or down to the nearest edge of the target.
Identify the number of clicks and the direction of adjustment shown at
the edge of the target.
Adjust the rear sight in the indicated direction by the appropriate number of
clicks.
Record the adjustment made on the target.
Establish a zero.
Fire a three round shot group at the 25-meter zeroing target.
Identify the location of the shot group on the target.
Return to step 4, if 2 of 3 rounds do not strike within the strike zone / zero
offset.
Proceed to step 6 if 2 of 3 rounds strike within the strike zone / zero
offset.
Confirm the zero.
Note: A zero is confirmed when 5 of 6 rounds land within the center 4 centimeter
center circle or the zero offset circle.
Fire a three round shot group at the 25-meter zeroing target.
Identify the location of the shot group on the target.
Return to step 4, if 2 of 3 rounds do not strike within the strike zone / zero
offset.
Cease fire if 2 of 3 rounds strike within the strike zone / zero offset (your zero
is confirmed).
(M4-series only) Rotate the rear sight elevation knob counterclockwise (down) two
clicks to the 300-meter setting.
Record your zero.
Compute your zero.
Write your zero on a piece of tape.
Attach the tape to your weapon.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References
Required: TC 3-22.9, TM 9-1005-319-
10
Related:
071-COM-0030
Engage Targets with an M16-Series Rifle/M4 Series Carbine
Foreign Disclosure: FD3 - This training product has been reviewed by the developers
in coordination with the G2, Ft Benning, GA 31905 foreign disclosure officer. This
training product cannot be used to instruct international military students.
Conditions: You are a member of a squad conducting dismounted operations and have
been assigned a sector of fire by your leader. You have your M16 series rifle or M4
series carbine, magazines, ammunition, and individual combat/personal protective
equipment. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Select a firing position and engage targets in your assigned sector
until they no longer present a threat or you are directed to cease fire.
Special Conditions: None
Safety Risk: High
MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: None
Select a position that allows for adequate observation of assigned sector of fi
Note: Your situation should affect your physical positioning and firing stance.
Your position should protect you from enemy fire and observation, yet allow you to
place effective fire on targets in your sector of fire. Your position may varyfrom
a fixed location to a temporary location during movement.
Note: Detection of targets depends on your position, your skill in scanning, and
your ability to observe the are and recognize target indicators.
Scan sector of fire using one of the following methods.
Self preservation method
b.50-meter overlapping strip method c.Maintaining observation on the area
Identify targets in designated sector of fire.
Determine range to targets
100-meter unit of measure method
Appearance of objects method.
Front sight post method
Appearance of objects method.
Combination method.
Fire on targets using correct fundamentals of marksmanship and appropriate aiming
and engagement techniques
Apply the fundamentals of marksmanship.
Steady position
Aiming.
Breath control.
Trigger squeeze.
Use appropriate aiming and engagement techniques as needed.
Combat fire techniques.
Chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear (CBRN) firing.
Night firing.
Moving targets.
Short-range marksmanship techniques.
Cease fire on targets once they are destroyed, suppressed, or you receive an order
to cease fire.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: On a live-fire range, provide sufficient quantities of equipment and
ammunition to support the number of Soldiers tested. Have each Soldier use his own
rifle and magazine.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected by reviewing the task standards.
Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions, warnings, and
dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References:
Required: TC 3-22.9, TC 3-21.75, TM 9-1005-319-10
Related:
Subject Area 2: Shoot/Employ Hand Grenades
071-COM-4401
Perform Safety Checks on Hand Grenades
Foreign Disclosure: FD7 - This product/publication has been reviewed by the
training/educational developers in coordination with the DOTD, MCoE, Ft Benning, GA
31905 FD authority. This product is NOT releasable to students from foreign
countries.
Conditions: You are a member of a squad or team preparing for a mission and have
been directed to perform safety checks on the hand grenades issued to your
squad/team. The hand grenades are in a shipping container. You are wearing your
individual combat/personal protective equipment. Some iterations of this task
should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Inspect the shipping container, canister, and hand grenade for defects;
report and turn in hand grenade that has defect(s) that cannot be corrected; secure
hand grenade(s) properly in carrying pouch(s).
Special Condition: None Safety Risk: Medium MOPP 4: Somrtimes
Cue: None
Note:If any discrepancies are found upon receipt of an issued shipping container,
canister or hand grenade, personnel should return the shipping container, canister
or hand grenade to the issuing person or dispose of it in accordance with the unit
tactical standing operating procedures(TACSOP).
Inspect hand grenade shipping container (Figure 071-COM-4401-1), if applicable.
Figure 071-COM-4401-1 Shipping container.
Shipping container is not damaged.
Inform supervisor if shipping container is damaged.
Inspect the grenade canister (Figure 071-COM-4401-2), if applicable.
Figure 071-COM-4401-2. Grenade canister.
Inspect the canister for damage.
Check to see if seal on the canister has been tampered with or is missing.
Ensure canister is not dented or punctured.
Inform supervisor of any deficiencies found.
Open the canister.
Check to see if the grenade is upside down inside of the shipping canister.
down.
Replace canister top and tape in place if grenade found upside
Report deficiencies to supervisor.
Return canister to ammunition disposal personnel.
Check to see if the safety pin is in proper position.
Ensure that safety pin is in place and undamaged.
Check that the legs of the safety pin have either angular spread or
diamond crimp.
Ensure safety clip (when installed) is in place and undamaged.
Inspect the hand grenade.
Remove the packing material and the hand grenade from the canister.
Check for rust on the body or the fuze.
Ensure holes are not visible in the body or the fuze.
Check hand grenade for cracked body.
Place back in canister if any defect(s) are found, if applicable.
Ensure the safety pin (1) is secured properly (Figure 071-325-4401-3). Note: If not
properly secured, carefully push it into place while holding the safety lever down.
Figure 071-COM-4401-3. Grenade components.
Ensure the confidence clip (2) is present and properly secured to the pull ring.
Ensure the safety clip (3) is present and properly secured to the safety lever (4).
Note: If not properly secured, carefully push it into place while holding the
safety lever down.
Check the hand grenade fuze assembly (5) for tightness.
Ensure the safety lever (4) is not bent or broken.
Turn in defective hand grenade, if applicable.
Secure the grenade.
Carry hand grenades using the proper procedures.
Ensure that the grenade is fully inside the carrying pouch.
Secure pouch flap.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References:
Required: TC 3-23-30; TM 9-1330-200-12
Related:
071-COM-4407
Employ Hand Grenades
Foreign Disclosure: FD3 - This training product has been reviewed by the developers
in coordination with the G2, Ft Benning, GA 31905 foreign disclosure officer. This
training product cannot be used to instruct international military students.
Conditions: Given a fragmentation, concussion, riot control, smoke, or incendiary
grenade with a time-delay fuse, a point or area target to engage, and load bearing
vest (LBV), load bearing equipment (LBE), Modular, Lightweight, Load-bearing,
Equipment (MOLLE) or Improved Outer Tactical Vest (IOTV). Some iterations of this
task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Engage target with a hand grenade by: selecting appropriate hand grenade
based on type target, determining throwing position, correctly gripping, preparing,
and throwing the hand grenade so it is within the effective range of the target.
Special Condition: None Special Standards: None Safety Risk: High
Cue: None
MOPP 4: Sometimes
Select appropriate hand grenade based on type of target.
Select proper throwing position.
Note: You can use five positions to throw grenades - standing, prone-to- standing,
kneeling, prone-to-kneeling, and alternate prone. However, If you can achieve more
distance and accuracy using your own personal style, do so as
long as your body is facing sideways and toward the enemy’s position, and you
throws the grenade overhand.
Ensure you have a proper covered position.
Determine the distance to the target.
Align your body with the target.
Grip the hand grenade.
Note: Do not remove the safety clip or the safety pin until the grenade is about to
be thrown.
Place the hand grenade in the palm of the throwing hand with the safety lever
placed between the first and second joints of the thumb.
Note: For left handed throwers the grenade is inverted with the top of the fuze
facing downwards in the throwing hand.
Keep the pull ring away from the palm of the throwing hand so that it can be easily
removed by the index or middle finger of the free hand.
Prepare the hand grenade.
Tilt the grenade forward to observe the safety clip.
Remove the safety clip by sweeping it away from the grenade with the thumb of the
opposite hand.
Insert the index or middle finger of the nonthrowing hand in the pull ring until it
reaches the knuckle of the finger (Figure 071-COM-4407-1).
Figure 071-COM-4407-1. Pull ring grip, right/left hand.
Ensure that you are holding the safety lever down firmly.
Twist the pull ring toward the body (away from the body for left handed throwers)
to release the pull ring from the confidence clip.
Remove the safety pin by pulling the pull ring from the grenade (Figure 071-COM-
4407-2 and Figure 071-COM-4407-3).
Figure 071-COM-4407-2. Right hand grip, pulling safety pin.
Figure 071-COM-4407-3. Left hand grip, pulling the safety pin.
Throw the hand grenade so it is within the effective range of the target.
Observe the target to estimate the distance between the throwing position and the
target area.
Note: In observing the target, minimize exposure time to the enemy (no more than 3
seconds).
Ensure there are no obstacles that can alter or block the flight of the grenade
when it is thrown.
Confirm body target alignment.
Cook off the hand grenade. (Optional)
Note: Cooking off uses enough of the grenade’s 4- to 5-second delay (about 2
seconds) to cause the grenade to detonate above ground or shortly after impact with
the target.
Release the safety lever.
Count “One thousand one, one thousand two”.
Throw the grenade overhand so that the grenade arcs, landing on or near the target.
Note: To be effective the target must be within the bursting radius of the grenade.
Allow the motion of the throwing arm to continue naturally once the grenade is
released.
Seek cover to avoid being hit by fragments or direct enemy fire. Note: If no cover
is available, drop to the prone position with your protective head gear facing the
direction of the grenade’s detonation.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References: Required:
Related: TC 3-23.30, TM 9-1330-200-12
Subject Area 3: Move
071-COM-0541
Perform Exterior Movement Techniques during an Urban Operation
Foreign Disclosure: FD7 - This product/publication has been reviewed by the product
developers in coordination with the DOTD, MCoE, Ft Benning, GA 31905 foreign
disclosure authority. This product is NOT releasable to students from foreign
countries.
Conditions: You are a member of a dismounted squad or team conducting movement
within an urban area. You have your assigned weapon and individual/protective
equipment. The enemy’s location and strength in the area are unknown.
Standards: Move within an urban area using proper urban movement techniques while
minimizing exposure to enemy fire.
Special Condition: None Safety Risk: Medium MOPP 4:
Cue: None
Note: Outdoor movement in urban terrain is best conducted as part of a buddy team,
a fire team, or a squad. This ensures at least one Soldier is providing overwatch
of another Soldier's movement, either from a stationary position or as both are
moving, and prevents individual Soldiers from being isolated. This allows for a
rapid engagement of any enemy that either exposes themselves (such as by leaning
out of or by silhouetting themselves in a window) or by firing.
Move across streets or open areas.
Note: Open areas include parks, plazas and large intersections as well as streets,
open air buildings, and large rooms that are significantly exposed to exterior
view. Ideally, avoid these open areas as they are potential killing zones for the
enemy, especially crew-served weapons and snipers; however,
operations often require movement across these areas. Cross these areas using
the same basic techniques used to cross any danger area.
Identify the far side position before moving with a clear understanding of how it
will be occupied or cleared.
Conduct a visual reconnaissance of all the dimensions of urban terrain to identify
likely threat positions.
Select a position on the far side that provides the best available cover.
Select the best route to the far side position that minimizes the time exposed.
Note: Obscurants, such as smoke, are an option to conceal movement. However,
thermal sighting systems can see through smoke and when smoke is thrown in an open
area, an enemy may fire into the smoke cloud in anticipation of movement through or
behind the smoke.
Cross rapidly along the selected route to the selected position.
Move parallel to buildings.
Note: Moving parallel to buildings is the movement normally associated with moving
down a roadway but also includes movement in plazas or other open areas that are
between buildings. During contact, utilize smoke, suppressive fires, and individual
movement techniques. In moving to adjacent buildings, team members should keep a
distance of 3 to 5 meters between themselves, leapfrogging along each side of the
street and from cover to cover.
Soldier moves parallel to the side of a building.
Use existing cover and concealment.
Stay in the shadows.
Present a low silhouette.
Use proper techniques to cross door and window openings
Move rapidly to the next position.
Move past building opening (windows and doors).
Note: The most common mistakes at windows are exposing the head in a first- floor
window and not being aware of basement windows.
Move past an above-knee window.
Stay near the side of the building.
Stay below the level of the window.
Avoid silhouetting self in window (Figure 071-COM-0541-1).
Figure 071-COM-0541-1. Soldier moving past window.
Move past a below-knee window (basement).
Stay near the side of the building.
Step or jump past the window without exposing legs (Figure 071- COM-0541-2).
Figure 071-COM-0541-2. Soldier moving past basement window.
Move past a full-height window (store type) or open door.
Note: A Soldier should not just walk past an adjacent full height window, as he
presents a good target to an enemy inside the building.
Identify a position on the far side of the window.
Determine which technique to use to cross the opening.
Run across the opening to the far side.
Arc around the opening while covering the opening with your weapon while moving.
Move rapidly to the far side position.
Move around corners.
Note: Before moving around a corner, the Solider must first observe around the
corner. The most common two mistakes Soldier make at corners are exposing their
head and upper body where it is expected and flagging their weapon.
Move around a corner by first observing around the corner.
Lie flat on the ground, weapon at your side, ensuring that your weapon is not
forward of the corner.
Note: DO not show your head below at the height an enemy would expect to see it.
Expose your head (with Helmet) only enough to observe around the corner (Figure
071-COM-0541-3).
Note: When speed is required the Pie-ing method is applied.
Figure 071-COM-0541-3. Soldier looking around a corner.
Continue movement around the corner, if clear.
Move around the corner by using the pie-ing method.
Aim the weapon beyond the corner (without flagging) into the direction of travel.
Side-step around the corner in a semi-circular fashion with the muzzle as the pivot
point (Figure 071-COM-0541-4).
Figure 071-COM-0541-4. Soldier Pie-ing around a corner.
Continue movement around the corner, if clear.
Cross a wall.
Reconnoiter the other side.
Note: The far side must be relatively safe from enemy fire, as once across the
wall, the Soldier is fully exposed. Additionally, the immediate opposite side of
the wall must be safe for landing; long drops and debris can cause injury.
Identify a far side position.
Note: Once across the wall, you will then move to this far side position. This
position may be at the wall, near the wall, or away from the wall.
Crouch near the wall.
Hold your weapon with one hand while grabbing the top of the wall with the other
hand
Pull with the hand on the wall while simultaneously swinging both legs over the
wall, one right after the other.
Roll your whole body quickly over the wall while keeping a low silhouette (Figure
071-COM-0541-5).
Note: Speed of movement and a low silhouette deny the enemy a good target.
Figure 071-COM-0541-5. Soldier crossing a wall.
Move to you next position once on the far side.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: At the test site, provide all materials and equipment given in the task
condition statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier to move as a designated member of an assult element
in urban terrain. The enemy strength and location are unknown.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References:
Required: ATTP 3-06.11; TC 3-21.75
Related:
071-COM-0503
Move Over, Through, or Around Obstacles (Except Minefields)
Foreign Disclosure: FD7 - This product/publication has been reviewed by the
training/educational developers in coordination with the DOTD, MCoE, Ft Benning, GA
31905 FD authority. This product is NOT releasable to students from foreign
countries.
Conditions: As a member of a dismounted team conducting movement to contact, you
encounter a natural or manmade obstacle. You have your assigned weapon and
individual/protective equipment. The enemy’s location and strength in the area are
unknown. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Notify chain of command of obstacle encountered, evaluate obstacle,
identify nearest covered position on far side of obstacle, negotiate a wall
obstacle, and provide local security for follow on forces during engotiation or
reduction of obstacle.
Special Condition: None Special Standards: None Safety Risk: Medium
MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: None
Note:An obstacle is any obstruction designed or employed to disrupt, fix, turn, or
block the movement of an opposing force, and to impose additional losses in
personnel, time, and equipment on the opposing force. Obstacles can be natural,
manmade, or a combination of both.
Notify your chain of command of the presence and type of obstacle encountered.
Note: Most obstacles, for maximum effectiveness, are covered by either fire or
observation. Many obstacles, due to enemy fire or complexity of the obstacle,
require a unit breaching operation and the appropriate collective task should also
be followed.
Evaluate the obstacle, from a covered position, to determine whether to move
around, through or over the obstacle
Note: Typically it is best to move around (or bypass) an obstacle, however this is
not always possible.
Identify the nearest covered position on the far side of the obstacle.
Ensure a buddy, if present, covers your movement as you negotiate the obstacle.
Negotiate a wall obstacle.
Identify your immediate landing position on the far side of the wall. Note: The far
side must be relatively safe from enemy fire, as once across the wall, you are
fully exposed. Additionally, the immediate opposite side of the wall must be safe
for landing as long drops and debris can cause injury.
Assume a crouching position near the wall, while holding your weapon with one hand
and grabbing the top of the wall with the other hand.
Pull with the hand on the wall while simultaneously swinging both legs over the
wall, one right after the other.
Roll quickly over the top to other side, keeping a low silhouette.
Move to the identified covered position on the far side.
Negotiate a wire obstacle.
Move to your designated crossing position.
Check for booby traps or early warning devices.
Cross over a wire obstacle.
Place an object such as a piece of wood, metal, or mats, over the
wire.
Move over the wire by stepping on this object to avoid the wire
entanglements.
Cross under a wire obstacle.
Slide head first on your back under the bottom strands.
Push yourself forward with your shoulders and heels, carrying your weapon
lengthwise on your body and holding the barbed wire with one hand while moving.
Let the barbed wire slide on the weapon to keep wire from catching on clothing and
equipment.
Cut through a wire obstacle.
Note: If stealth is not needed then quickly cut all wires and proceed through the
gap.
Wrap cloth around the barbed wire between your hands.
Cut partly through the barbed wire.
Note: Cutting the wire near a picket reduces the noise of a cut.
Bend the barbed wire back and forth quietly until it separates.
Cut only the lower strands.
Cross under the remaining top wires.
Cross a ditch type obstacle.
Select a point that has cover and concealment on both sides, such as a bend in the
ditch.
Move to your designated crossing site.
Crawl up to the edge of the open area.
Observe both the floor of the ditch and the far side for dangers.
Move rapidly but quietly across the exposed area.
Assume a covered position on the far side.
Cover your buddy, if present, as he or she crosses the obstacle.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show him what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References Required: TC 3-21.75 Related:
071-COM-1000
Identify Topographic Symbols on a Military Map
Foreign Disclosure: FD7 - This product/publication has been reviewed by the product
developers in coordination with the DOTD, MCoE, Ft Benning, GA 31905 foreign
disclosure authority. This product is NOT releasable to students from foreign
countries.
Conditions: You are a member of a squad or team in a field environment and have
been given; a 1:50,000 scale military map and a requirement to identify topographic
symbols on the map.
Standards: Identify topographic symbols, colors, and marginal information on a
military map.
Special Condition: None Special Standards: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4:
Cue: None
Note: None
Identify the six basic colors on a military map (Figure 071-COM-1000-1).
Figure 071-COM-1000-1. Colors
Identify the features that the color black represents.
Note: Indicates cultural (manmade) features such as buildings and roads, surveyed
spot elevations, and all labels.
Identify the features that the color blue represents.
Note: Indicates hydrography or water features such as lakes, swamps, rivers, and
drainage.
Identify the features that the color green represents.
Note: Indicates vegetation with military significance such as woods, orchards, and
vineyards.
Identify the features that the color brown represents.
Note: Brown identifies all relief features and elevation such as contours on older
edition maps and cultivated land on red light readable maps.
Identify the features that the color red represents.
Note: Classifies cultural features, such as populated areas, main roads, and
boundaries, on older maps.
Identify the features that the color red-brown represents.
Note: These colors are combined to identify cultural features, all relief features,
non surveyed spot elevations, and elevation such as contour lines on red light
readable maps.
Identify all other features and the colors they represent, if applicable. Note:
Other colors may be used to show special information. These are indicated in the
marginal information as a rule.
Identify the symbols on a military map.
Use the legend, which should identify most of the symbols used on the
map.
Identify each object by its shape on the map.
Note: For example, a black, solid square represents a building or a house; a round
or irregular blue item is a lake or pond.
Use logic and color to identify each map feature.
Note: For example, blue represents water. If you see a symbol that is blue and has
clumps of grass, this would be a swamp.
Identify the marginal information on a military map (Figure 071-COM- 1000-2).
Figure 071-COM-1000-2. Topographical map.
Identify the sheet name (1).
Identify the sheet number (2).
Identify the series name (3).
Identify the scale (4).
Identify the series number (5).
Identify the edition number (6).
Identify the index to boundaries (7).
Identify the adjoining sheets diagram (8).
Identify the elevation guide (9).
Identify the declination diagram (10).
Identify the bar scales (11).
Identify the contour interval note (12).
Identify the spheroid note (13).
Identify the grid note (14).
Identify the projection note (15).
Identify the vertical datum note (16).
Identify the horizontal datum note (17).
Identify the control note (18).
Identify the preparation note (19).
Identify the printing note (20).
Identify the grid reference box (21).
Identify the unit imprint and symbol (22).
Identify the legend (23).
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References: Required:
Related: TC 3-25.26
071-COM-1001
Identify Terrain Features on a Map
Foreign Disclosure: FD7 - This product/publication has been reviewed by the product
developers in coordination with the DOTD, MCoE, Ft Benning, GA 31905 foreign
disclosure authority. This product is NOT releasable to students from foreign
countries.
Conditions: You are a member of a squad or team in a field environment and have
been directed to identify the terrain features on a map. You have been given a
1:50,000 scale military map.
Standards: Identify the five major, three minor, and two supplementary terrain
features on a military map.
Special Condition: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4:
Cue: None
Note:All terrain features are derived from a complex landmass known as a mountain
or ridgeline (Figure 071-COM-1001-1). The term ridgeline is not interchangeable
with the term ridge. A ridgeline is a line of high ground, usually with changes in
elevation along its top and low ground on all sides from which a total of 10
natural or man-made terrain features are classified.
Figure 071-COM-1001-1. Ridgeline.
Identify five major terrain features.
Identify a hill (Figure 071-COM-1001-2).
Note: A hill is an area of high ground. From a hilltop, the ground slopes down in
all directions. A hill is shown on a map by contour lines forming concentric
circles. The inside of the smallest closed circle is the hilltop.
Figure 071-COM-1001-2. Hill.
Identify a saddle (Figure 071-COM-1001-3).
Note: A saddle is a dip or low point between two areas of higher ground. A saddle
is not necessarily the lower ground between two hilltops; it may be
simply a dip or break along a level ridge crest. If you are in a saddle, there is
high ground in two opposite directions and lower ground in the other two
directions. A saddle is normally represented as an hourglass.
Figure 071-COM-1001-3. Saddle.
Identify a valley (Figure 071-COM-1001-4).
Note: A valley is a stretched-out groove in the land, usually formed by streams or
rivers. A valley begins with high ground on three sides and usually has a course of
running water through it. If standing in a valley, three directions offer high
ground, while the fourth direction offers low ground. Depending on its size and
where a person is standing, it may not be obvious that there is high ground in the
third direction, but water flows from higher to lower ground.
Contour lines forming a valley are either U-shaped or V-shaped. To determine the
direction water is flowing, look at the contour lines. The closed end of the
contour line (U or V) always points upstream or toward high ground.
Figure 071-COM-1001-4. Valley.
Identify a ridge (Figure 071-COM-1001-5).
Note: A ridge is a sloping line of high ground. If you are standing on the
centerline of a ridge, you will normally have low ground in three directions and
high ground in one direction with varying degrees of slope. If you cross a ridge at
right angles, you will climb steeply to the crest and then descend steeply to the
base. When you move along the path of the ridge, depending on the geographic
location, there may be either an almost unnoticeable slope or a very obvious
incline. Contour lines forming a ridge tend to be U-shaped or V- shaped. The closed
end of the contour line points away from high ground.
Figure 071-COM-1001-5. Ridge.
Identify a depression (Figure 071-COM-1001-6).
Note: A depression is a low point in the ground or a sinkhole. It could be
described as an area of low ground surrounded by higher ground in all directions,
or simply a hole in the ground. Usually only depressions that are equal to or
greater than the contour interval will be shown. On maps, depressions are
represented by closed contour lines that have tick marks pointing toward low
ground.
Figure 071-COM-1001-6. Depression.
Identify three minor terrain features.
Identify a draw (Figure 071-COM-1001-7).
Note: A draw is a stream course that is less developed than a valley. In a draw,
there is essentially no level ground and, therefore, little or no maneuver room
within its confines. If you are standing in a draw, the ground slopes upward in
three directions and downward in the other direction. A draw could be considered as
the initial formation of a valley. The contour lines depicting a draw are U-shaped
or V-shaped, pointing toward high ground.
Figure 071-COM-1001-7. Draw.
Identify a spur (Figure 071-COM-1001-8).
Note: A spur is a short, continuous sloping line of higher ground, normally jutting
out from the side of a ridge. A spur is often formed by two roughly parallel
streams cutting draws down the side of a ridge. The ground will slope down in three
directions and up in one. Contour lines on a map depict a spur with the U or V
pointing away from high ground.
Figure 071-COM-1001-8. Spur.
Identify a cliff (Figure 071-COM-1001-9).
Note: A cliff is a vertical or near vertical feature; it is an abrupt change of the
land. When a slope is so steep that the contour lines converge into one “carrying”
contour of contours, this last contour line has tick marks pointing toward low
ground. Cliffs re also shown by contour lines very close together
and, in some instances, touching each other.
Figure 071-COM-1001-9. Cliff.
Identify two supplementary terrain features.
Identify a cut (Figure 071-COM-1001-10).
Note: A cut is a man-made feature resulting from cutting through raised ground,
usually to form a level bed for a road or railroad track. Cuts are shown on a map
when they are at least 10 feet high, and they are drawn with a contour line along
the cut line. This contour line extends the length of the cut and has tick marks
that extend from the cut line to the roadbed, if the map scale permits this level
of detail.
Identify a fill (Figure 071-COM-1001-10).
Note: A fill is a man-made feature resulting from filling a low area, usually to
form a level bed for a road or railroad track. Fills are shown on a map when they
are at least 10 feet high, and they are drawn with a contour line along the fill
line. This contour line extends the length of the filled area and has tick marks
that point toward lower ground. If the map scale permits , the length of the fill
tick marks are drawn to scale and extend from the base line of the fill
symbol.
Figure 071-COM-1001-10. Cut and Fill.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the
Soldier scores a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it
correctly. n
References: Required:
Related: TC 3-25.26
071-COM-1002
Determine the Grid Coordinates of a Point on a Military Map
Foreign Disclosure: FD7 - This product/publication has been reviewed by the product
developers in coordination with the DOTD, MCoE, Ft Benning, GA 31905 foreign
disclosure authority. This product is NOT releasable to students from foreign
countries.
Conditions: You are a member of a squad or team in a field environment and have
been directed to identify the grid coordinates of a point on a map. You have a
1:50,000 scale military map, a coordinate scale and protractor or plotting scale, a
pencil, and paper. You have been shown the point on the map. Some iterations of
this task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Determine the coordinates of the grid square, determine grid coordinates
of a point with and without a coordinate scale and protractor or plotting scale.
Identify the100,000 meter square identifier to determine grid coordinate.
Special Condition: None Special Standards: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: None
Note: None
Determine the coordinates of the grid square (Figure 071-COM-1002-1).
Figure 071-COM-1002-1. Identifying the Grid Square
Select the grid square that contains the identified point on the map (see Figure
071-COM-1002-1).
Read the north-south grid line that precedes the desired point (see Figure 071-COM-
1002-1).
Record the number associated with that line.
Read the east-west grid line that precedes the desired point (see Figure 071-COM-
1002- 1).
Record the number associated with that line.
Note: The number of digits represents the degree of precision to which a point has
been located and measured on a map the more digits the more precise the
measurement. In the above example the four digits 1181 identify the 1,000 meter
grid square to be used.
Determine point grid coordinates without a coordinate scale and protractor or
plotting scale (Figure 071-COM-1002-2).
Figure 071-COM-1002-2. Grid Square 1181 Divided.
Allocate the grid square into a 10 by 10 grid.
Read right (from the lower left corner) to the imaginary gird line nearest the
identified point.
Note: In the example the North-South imaginary line nearest the point is halfway or
5 lines out of a total of 10 lines. Therefore the first half of your grid
coordinate is 115.
Read up (from the point reached in step 3b) to the imaginary gird line nearest the
identified point.
Note: In the example the East-West imaginary line nearest the point is one third of
the way up or 3 lines out of 10 lines. Therefore the second half of your grid
coordinate is 813.
Determine point grid coordinates with GTA 05-02-012 coordinate scale and protractor
or plotting scale (Figure 071-COM-1002-3).
Note: The most accurate way to determine the coordinates of a point on a map is
with a coordinate scale. You need not imagine lines, because you can find the exact
coordinates using the coordinate scale, protractor or the plotting scale.
Each device actually includes two coordinate scales, 1:25,000 and 1:50,000
meters. Make sure that, regardless which device you use, you choose the correct
scale.
Figure 071-COM-1002-3. GTA 05-02-012 Coordinate Scale and Protractor (Left) and
Plotting scale (Right).
Locate the grid square where the point is located (Example: Point A in Figure 071-
COM-1002-4).
Determine the coordinates of the grid square.
Note: The number of the vertical grid line on the left (west) side of the grid
square gives the first and second digits of the coordinate. The number of the
horizontal grid line on the bottom (south) side of the grid square gives the fourth
and fifth digits of the coordinate.
Determine the third and sixth digits of the coordinate.
Place a coordinate scale and protractor or a plotting scale on the bottom
horizontal grid line of the grid square containing Point A.
Check to see that the zeros of the coordinate scale are in the lower
left-hand (southwest) corner of the grid square where Point A is located (Figure
071-COM-1002-4).
Figure 071-COM-1002-4. Placement of the Coordinate Scale.
Slide the scale to the right, keeping the bottom of the scale on the bottom grid
line until Point A is under the vertical (right-hand) scale (Figures 071-COM-1002-5
and 071-COM-1002-6).
Note: To determine the six-digit coordinate, look at the 100-meter mark on the
bottom scale, which is nearest the vertical grid line. This mark is the third digit
of the number 115. The 100-meter mark on the vertical scale nearest to Point A
gives you the sixth digit of the number 813. The complete grid coordinate is
115813. Always read right, and then up.
Figure 071-COM-1002-5. Aligning the Coordinate Scale.
Figure 071-COM-1002-6. Aligning the Plotting Scale.
Add the two letter 100,000 meter square identifier to determined grid coordinate.
Identify the two letter 100,000 meter square identifier by looking at the grid
reference box in the margin of the map (Figure 071-COM-1002-7).
Figure 071-COM-1002-7. Grid Reference Box.
Place the 100,000 meter square identifier in front of the grid coordinate.
Note: In the example given the final grid coordinate becomes GL115813.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References: Required:
Related: TC 3-25.26
071-COM-1008
Measure Distance on a Map
Foreign Disclosure: FD7 - This product/publication has been reviewed by the product
developers in coordination with the DOTD, MCoE, Ft Benning, GA 31905 foreign
disclosure authority. This product is NOT releasable to students from foreign
countries.
Conditions: You are a member of a squad or team in a field environment and have
been directed to determine the distance between two known points. You have a
1:50,000 scale map, a strip of paper with a straight edge, and a pencil. You have
been shown the beginning and ending points on the map. Some iterations of this task
should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Determine the straight-line distance between two points with no more
than a 5 percent error and the road (curved line) distance between two points with
no more than a 10 percent error.
Special Condition: None Special Standards: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: None
Note: None
Note: The graphic scale is a ruler printed on the map and is used to convert
distances on the map to actual ground distances. The graphic scale is divided into
two parts. To the right of the zero, the scale is marked in full units of measure
and is called the primary scale. To the left of the zero, the scale is divided into
tenths and is called the extension scale. Most maps have three or more graphic
scales, each using a different unit of measure. When using the graphic scale be
sure to use the correct scale for the unit of measure desired.1. Identify the
graphic (bar) scale of the map.
Determine straight-line distance between two points on a map.
Line up the straight edge of a strip of paper with the beginning and ending points
on the map.
Mark a tick mark on the beginning and ending points on the straight edge of the
paper (Figure 071-COM-1008-1).
Figure 071-COM-1008-1. Beginning and Ending Points.
Place the starting point on the paper under the zero on the bar scale.
Measure off 4,000 meters and place a new tick mark on the paper.
Place the new tick mark under the zero on the bar scale.
Determine if the end point falls within the bar scale.
Record the value on the scale of the end point, if the end point fits on the scale.
Add 4,000 meters to this value (a) to get the total difference.
Determine if the end point falls outside the bar.
Repeat steps 3d and 3e until the end point falls within the bar.
Add 4,000 meters to the value you derived in step 3f(1) for each time you performed
step 3d to achieve the total distance.
Convert map distance to ground distance.
Align the edge of a strip of paper with the beginning point and the point where the
road makes the first curve on the map.
Mark on the straight edge of the paper the beginning and curve points.
Repeat steps 4a and b, each time using the point of the curve as the next beginning
point, until you reach the end point.
Align the marks on the paper with the appropriate bar scale (Figure
071-COM-1008-2).
Figure 071-COM-1008-2. Distance between Beginning and Ending Points.
Determine the distance on the scale that compares to the distance on the paper.
Convert a road map distance to miles, meters or yards.
Align the edge of a strip of paper with the beginning point and the point where the
road makes the first curve on the map.
Mark on the straight edge of the paper the beginning and curve points.
Repeat steps 5a and b, each time using the point of the curve as the next beginning
point, until you reach the end point.
Place the starting point on the paper under the zero on the bar scale.
Measure off 4,000 meters and place a new tick mark on the paper.
Place the new tick mark under the zero on the bar scale.
Determine if the end point falls within the bar scale.
Record the value on the scale of the end point, if the end point fits on the scale.
Add 4,000 meters to this value (a) to get the total difference.
Determine if the end point falls outside the bar.
Repeat steps 5d and 5e until the end point falls within the bar.
Add 4,000 meters to the value you derived in step 5g(1) for each time you performed
step 5d to achieve the total distance.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References: Required:
Related: TC 3-25.26
071-COM-1005
Determine a Location on the Ground by Terrain Association
Conditions: You are a member of a squad or team in a field environment and have
been directed to determine your squad's/team's current location. You have a
1:50,000 scale military map, a compass, a coordinate scale and protractor or
plotting scale, a pencil, and paper. Some iterations of this task should be
performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Orient the map. Identify the type of terrain on which you are located as
well as the type of terrain that surrounds your location. Correlate the terrain
features on the ground to those shown on the map. Determine the six digit grid
coordinates to your location..
Special Condition: None Special Standards: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: None
Note: None
Orient the map.
Note: There are three ways to orient a map:
Using a compass. The magnetic arrow of the compass points to magnetic north. As
such, pay special attention to the declination diagram.
Using terrain association. This method is typically used when a compass is not
available or when the user has to make many quick references as he moves across
country.
Using Field-Expedient Methods. These methods are used when a compass is available
and there are no recognizable terrain features.
Identify the type of terrain feature on which you are located.
Identify the types of terrain features that surround your location.
Correlate the terrain features on the ground to those shown on the map.
Determine your location on the map.
Determine the six digit grid coordinate of your location.
Note: Grid coordinates of your location can be determined by using a coordinate
scale and protractor, a plotting scale, or by visualizing a 10 by 10 grid box
inside the appropriate grid square.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References Required:
Related: TC 3-25.26
071-COM-1012
Orient a Map to the Ground by Map-Terrain Association
Conditions: You are a member of a squad or team that is conducting movement in a
field environment and you have been directed to orient a standard 1:50,000 scale
military map to the ground. You do not have an operational compass. Some iterations
of this task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Hold the map horizontally and match terrain features appearing on the
map with physical features on the ground. Orient the map to within 30 degrees of
magnetic north.
Special Condition: None Special Standards: None Safety Risk: Low
Cue: None
Note: A map can be oriented by terrain association when a compass is not available
or when the user has to make many quick references as he moves across country.
Using this method requires careful examination of the map and the ground, and the
user must know his approximate location.
Hold the map in a horizontal position.
Match terrain features appearing on your map with terrain features physically
observable on the ground (Figure 071-COM-1012-1).
Figure 071-COM-1012-1. Terrain Association.
Align the map with the terrain features on the ground.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References: Required:
Related: TC 3-25.26
071-COM-1011
Orient a Map Using a Lensatic Compass
Conditions:You are a member of a squad or team in a field environment and have been
directed to orient a map in preparation for movement. You have a 1:50,000- scale
topographic map of the area and a compass. Some iterations of this task should be
performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Determine the direction and value of declination, lay the map in a
horizontal position and orient the map to the ground using a compass.
Special Condition: None Special Standards: None Safety Risk: Low
Cue: None
Note: The first step for a navigator in the field is orienting the map. A map is
oriented when it is in a horizontal position with its north and south corresponding
to the north and south on the ground.
When orienting a map with a compass, remember that the compass measures magnetic
azimuths. Since the magnetic arrow points to magnetic north, pay special attention
to the declination diagram. Two techniques are used.
Special care should be taken when orienting your map with a compass. A small
mistake can cause you to navigate in the wrong direction.
Once the map is oriented, magnetic azimuths are determined using the compass. Do
not move the map from its oriented position since any change in its position moves
it out of line with the magnetic north.
Determine the direction of the declination and its value from the declination
diagram on the map.
Lay the map in a horizontal position.
Use one of the two techniques to orient the map.
Orient the map using the first technique.
Take the straightedge on the left side of the compass and place it alongside the
north-south grid line with the cover of the compass pointing toward the top of the
map.
Note: This procedure places the fixed black index line of the compass parallel to
north-south grid lines of the map.
Keep the compass aligned as directed above while rotating the map and compass
together until the magnetic arrow is below the fixed black index line on the
compass.
Note: At this time, the map is close to being oriented.
Rotate the map and compass in the direction of the declination diagram.
Verify the G-M angle.
) If the magnetic north arrow on the map is to the left of the grid north, check
the compass reading to see if it equals the G-M angle given in the declination
diagram (Figure 071-COM-1011-1).
Figure 071-COM-1011-1. Map oriented with 10 degrees west declination.
If the magnetic north is to the right of grid north, check the compass reading to
see if it equals 360 degrees minus the G-M angle (Figure 071-COM-1011-2).
Note: If the G-M angles are correct the map is oriented.
Figure 071-COM-1011-2. Map oriented with 21 degrees east declination.
Orient the map using the second technique.
Draw a magnetic azimuth equal to the G-M angle given in the declination diagram
with the protractor using any north-south grid line on the map as a base.
If the declination is easterly (right), the drawn line is equal to the value of the
G-M angle:
Align the straightedge on the left side of the compass alongside the drawn line on
the map.
Rotate the map and compass until the magnetic arrow of the compass is below the
fixed black index line (Figure 071-COM-1011-3).
Note: The map is now oriented.
Figure 071-COM-1011-3. Map oriented with 15 degrees east declination.
If the declination is westerly (left), the drawn line will equal 360 degrees minus
the value of the G-M angle:
Align the straightedge on the left side of the compass alongside the drawn line on
the map.
Rotate the map and compass until the magnetic arrow of the compass is below the
fixed black index line.
Note: The map is now oriented.
Figure 071-COM-1011-4. Map oriented with 10 degrees west declination.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References: Required:
Related: TC 3-25.26
071-COM-1003
Determine a Magnetic Azimuth Using a Lensatic Compass
Conditions: You are a member of a squad or team in a field environment and have
been directed to determine a magnetic azimuth. You have a compass and a designated
point on the ground. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Inspect the compuss. Determine the correct magnetic azimuth to the
designated point within 3 degrees using the compass-to-cheek method, and within 10
degrees using the center-hold method.
Special Condition: None Special Standards: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: None
Inspect the compass (Figure 071-COM-1003-1).
Figure 071-COM-1003-1. Lensatic compass.
Ensure floating dial, which contains the magnetic needle moves freely and does not
stick.
Ensure the sighting wire is straight.
Ensure glass and crystal parts are not broken.
Ensure numbers on the dial are readable.
Determine direction (Figure 071-COM-1003-2).
Figure 071-COM-1003-2. Lensatic compass floating dial.
Align the compass to the direction you want to go or want to determine.
Locate the scale beneath the index line on the outer glass cover.
Determine to the nearest degree, or 10 mils, the position of the index line over
the red or black scale.
Note: Effects of Metal and Electricity. Metal objects and electrical sources can
affect the performance of a compass. However, nonmagnetic metals and alloys do not
affect compass readings. The following separation distances are suggested to ensure
proper functioning of a compass:
High-tension power lines ........................................ 55 meters.
Field gun, truck, or tank.......................................... 18 meters.
Telegraph or telephone wires and barbed wire....... 10 meters. Machine
gun ............................................................. 2 meters.
Steel helmet or rifle................................................. 1/2 meter.
Determine an azimuth with the compass-to-cheek method (Figure 071- COM-1003-3).
Figure 071-COM-1003-3. Compass-to-cheek method.
Open the cover to a 90-degree angle to the base.
Position the eyepiece at a 45-degree angle to the base.
Place your thumb through the thumb loop.
Establish a steady base with your third and fourth fingers.
Extend your index finger along the side of the compass base.
Place the hand holding the compass into the palm of the other hand.
Move both hands up to your face.
Position the thumb that is through the thumb loop against the cheekbone.
Move the eyepiece up or down until the dial is in focus.
Align the sighting slot of the eyepiece with the sighting wire in the cover on the
desired point.
Read the azimuth under the index line.
Determine an azimuth with the center-hold method (Figure 071-COM- 1003-4).
Note: This method offers the following advantages over the sighting technique:
-It is faster and easier to use.
-It can be used under all conditions of visibility.
-It can be used when navigating over any type of terrain.
-It can be used without putting down the rifle; however, the rifle must be slung
well back over either shoulder.
-It can be used without removing eyeglasses
Figure 071-COM-1003-4. Centerhold technique.
Open the compass so that the cover forms a straight edge with the base.
Position the eyepiece lens to the full upright position.
Place your thumb through the loop.
Establish a steady base with your third and fourth fingers.
Extend your index finger along the side of the compass.
Place the thumb of your other hand between the eyepiece and lens.
Extend the index finger along the remaining side of the compass.
Secure the remaining fingers around the fingers of the other hand.
Place your elbows firmly into your side.
Note: This will place the compass between your chin and your belt.
Turn your entire body toward the object.
Align the compass cover directly at the object.
Read the azimuth from beneath the fixed black index line.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References: Required:
Related: TC 3-25.26
071-COM-0018
Determine Grid Azimuth Using a Protractor
Conditions: You are a member of a squad or team that has received an order
requiring movement. You have been directed to determine the grid azimuth from the
starting point and ending point designated in the order. You have a 1:50,000- scale
military map, a military protractor (GTA 05-02-012), a pencil, and paper. Some
iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Identify the starting point and ending point on the map, draw a straight
line on the map connecting the points, align the protractor to the map, and
determine the value of the angle.
Special Condition: None
Safety Risk: Low
MOPP 4: Sometimes
Identify the starting point (A) on the map.
Identify the ending point (B) on the map.
Note: When measuring azimuths on a map, remember that you are measuring from a
starting point to an ending point. If a mistake is made and the reading is taken
from the ending point, the grid azimuth will be 180 degrees off, thus causing the
user to go in the wrong direction.
Draw a straight line on the map connecting the two points.
Note: To ensure an accurate measurement the line should extend past the starting
point and ending point
Align the protractor to the map. (figure 074-COM-001-1 and 074-COM- 001-2)
Note: When using the protractor, the base line is always oriented parallel to a
north-south grid line. The 0- or 360-degree mark is always toward the top or north
on the map and the 90-degree mark is to the right
Figure 071-COM-0001-1. Protractor
Identify the starting point (A) on the map.
Identify the ending point (B) on the map.
Note: When measuring azimuths on a map, remember that you are measuring from a
starting point to an ending point. If a mistake is made and the reading is taken
from the ending point, the grid azimuth will be 180 degrees off, thus causing the
user to go in the wrong direction.
Draw a straight line on the map connecting the two points.
Note: To ensure an accurate measurement the line should extend past the starting
point and ending point
Align the protractor to the map. (figure 074-COM-001-1 and 074-COM- 001-2)
Note: When using the protractor, the base line is always oriented parallel to a
north-south grid line. The 0- or 360-degree mark is always toward the top or north
on the map and the 90-degree mark is to the right
Figure 071-COM-0001-2. Measuring an azimuth.
Place the index of the protractor at the point where the drawn line crosses a
vertical (north-south) grid line.
Align the 0- to 180-degree line of the protractor on the vertical grid line, while
keeping the index in position.
Identify the starting point (A) on the map.
Identify the ending point (B) on the map.
Note: When measuring azimuths on a map, remember that you are measuring from a
starting point to an ending point. If a mistake is made and the reading is taken
from the ending point, the grid azimuth will be 180 degrees off, thus causing the
user to go in the wrong direction.
Draw a straight line on the map connecting the two points.
Note: To ensure an accurate measurement the line should extend past the starting
point and ending point
Align the protractor to the map. (figure 074-COM-001-1 and 074-COM- 001-2)
Note: When using the protractor, the base line is always oriented parallel to a
north-south grid line. The 0- or 360-degree mark is always toward the top or north
on the map and the 90-degree mark is to the right
Determine the value of the angle (grid azimuth) from the scale.
Note: The grid azimuth is the degrees/mils value where the azimuth line crosses the
protractor scale.
Identify where the line crosses the protractor scale.
Read the value (degrees or mils) where the line intersects with the scale.
Note: This value is the grid azimuth. (Asterisks indicates a leader performance
step.)
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and/or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief the Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Environment: Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to
do. It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert
to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you
will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting
people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to the current ATP 3-34.5
Environmental Considerations Manual and the current GTA 05-08-002 Environmental-
Related Risk Assessment card.
Safety: In a training environment, leaders must perform a risk assessment in
accordance with current Risk Management Doctrine. Leaders will complete the current
Deliberate Risk Assessment Worksheet in accordance with the TRADOC Safety Officer
during the planning and completion of each task and sub-task by assessing mission,
enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support available-time available and civil
considerations, (METT-TC). Note: During MOPP training, leaders must ensure
personnel are monitored for potential heat injury. Local policies and procedures
must be followed during times of increased heat category in order to avoid heat
related injury. Consider the MOPP work/rest cycles and water replacement guidelines
IAW current CBRN doctrine.
071-COM-1016
Convert Azimuths
Conditions: You are a member of a squad preparing to conduct tactical movement and
you have been directed to convert azimuths in preparation for the movement. You
have been given a 1:50,000 military map with a declination diagram, pencil, paper,
a magnetic azimuth, and a grid azimuth.
Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Convert an azimuth into a back azimuth, a magnetic azimuth to a grid
azimuth and a grid azimuth to a magnetic azimuth, without error.
Special Condition: None Special Standards: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: None
Note: The North-South lines designate grid North on your map. The compass needle
points to magnetic North. The grid magnetic (G-M) angle is the angle difference
between grid North and magnetic North.
Convert an azimuth into a back azimuth.
Add 180 degrees if the azimuth is 180 degrees or less.
Subtract 180 degrees if the azimuth is 180 degrees or more.
Convert a magnetic azimuth to a grid azimuth.
Note: To convert a magnetic azimuth to grid azimuth subtract G-M angle.
When converting azimuths, exercise extreme care when adding and subtracting
the G-M angle. A simple mistake of one degree could be significant in the field.
Locate the G-M angle, which is part of the declination diagram, at the bottom of
your map. (Figure 1)
Note: The declination diagram shows both a graphic picture of the G-M angle and
provides a written summary of the G-M angle. This written summary includes the date
of the G-M angle and the actual angle in both degrees and mils.
Figure 071-COM-0009-1. Declination diagram with G-M angle highlighted.
Determine whether the G-M angle is easterly or westerly. (figure 071- COM-0009-2)
Figure 071-COM-0009-2. Identifying an easterly G-M angle and a westerly G-M angle.
Apply the mathematical formula to convert a magnetic azimuth to a grid azimuth.
Add an easterly G-M angle to a magnetic azimuth to obtain a grid azimuth.
Subtract a westerly G-M angle from a magnetic azimuth to obtain a
grid azimuth.
Note: As an example, given a magnetic azimuth of 190 degrees, using the above
diagram you would add 9.5 degrees to 190 degrees to obtain a grid azimuth of 199.5
degrees.
Convert a grid azimuth to a magnetic azimuth.
Locate the G-M angle, which is part of the declination diagram, at the bottom of
your map. (Figure 071-COM-0009-3)
Note: The declination diagram shows both a graphic picture of the G-M angle and
provides a written summary of the G-M angle. This written summary includes the date
of the G-M angle and the actual angle in both degrees and mils.
Figure 071-COM-0009-3. Declination diagram with G-M angle highlighted.
Determine whether the G-M angle is easterly or westerly. (Figure 071- COM-0009-4)
Figure 071-COM-0009-4. Identifying an easterly G-M angle and a westerly G-M angle.
Apply the mathematical formula to convert a magnetic azimuth to a grid azimuth.
Subtract an easterly G-M angle from a grid azimuth to obtain a magnetic azimuth.
Add a westerly G-M angle to a grid azimuth to obtain a magnetic azimuth.
Note: As an example, given a grid azimuth of 199.5 degrees, using the above diagram
you would subtract 9.5 degrees from 199.5 degrees to obtain a magnetic azimuth of
190 degrees.
(Asterisks indicates a leader performance step.)
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
Evaluation Preparation:
SETUP: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and/or materials described in the
conditions statement.
BRIEF THE SOLDIER: Tell the Soldier what is expected by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Environment: Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to
do. It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert
to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you
will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting
people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to the current Environmental
Considerations manual and the current GTA Environmental-related Risk Assessment
card
Safety: In a training environment, leaders must perform a risk assessment in
accordance with current Risk Management Doctrine. Leaders will complete the current
Deliberate Risk Assessment Worksheet in accordance with the TRADOC Safety Officer
during the planning and completion of each task and sub-task by assessing mission,
enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support available-time available and civil
considerations, (METT-TC). Note: During MOPP training, leaders must ensure
personnel are monitored for potential heat injury. Local policies and procedures
must be followed during times of
increased heat category in order to avoid heat related injury. Consider the MOPP
work/rest cycles and water replacement guidelines IAW current CBRN doctrine.
071-COM-0017
Compute Back Azimuths
Conditions: You are a member of a squad or team that is preparing for a mission and
you have been directed to determine back azimuth(s) for given azimuth(s). The
azimuths may be in either degrees or mils. Some iterations of this task should be
performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Determine the back azimuth for each given azimuth to the exact degree or
mil.
Special Condition: None Special Standards: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: None
Note: None
Remarks: None
Notes: None
Figure 071-COM-0017-1. Calculation of a back azimuth.
Determine back azimuth using degrees.
Note: Figure 071-COM-0017-1 provides an example on calculating a back azimuth in
degrees.
Add 180 degrees if the azimuth is 180 degrees or less.
Subtract 180 degrees if the azimuth is 180 degrees or more.
Determine back azimuth using mils.
If the azimuth is less than 3200 mils, add 3200 mils.
Note: As an example, given an 1150-mil azimuth, add 3200 to 1150 to obtain a back
azimuth of 4350-mils. Mathematically, this is 1150 + 3200 = 4350.
If the azimuth is more than 3200 mils, subtract 3200 mils.
References: Required:
Related: TC 3-25.26
071-COM-1006
Navigate from One Point on the Ground to another Point while Dismounted
Conditions: You are a member of a squad or team in a field environment and have
been directed to conduct movement to a designated point. You have a 1:50,000-scale
topographic map of the area, a coordinate scale, a protractor, and a magnetic
compass. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Navigate to the designated point using terrain association, dead
reckoning, or a combination of both.
Special Condition: None Special Standards: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: None
Note: None
Navigate using terrain association.
Identify the start point and destination point on the map.
Analyze the terrain between these two points for both movement and tactical
purposes.
Identify terrain features that can be recognized during movement, such as hilltops,
roads, rivers, etc.
Plan the best route, including checkpoints, if needed.
Determine the map distances between identified checkpoints and the total distance
to be traveled.
Determine the actual ground distance by adding 20 percent to the map distance.
Note: Twenty percent is a general rule of thumb for cross country terrain - road
movement and flat terrain do not require this 20 percent increase.
Move to the designated end point (or intermediate point) using identified terrain
features as aiming points or handrails.
Note: Handrails are linear features like roads or highways, railroads, power
transmission lines, ridgelines, or streams that run roughly parallel to your
direction of travel.
Navigate using dead reckoning.
Note: The use of steering marks is recommended when navigating by dead reckoning. A
steering mark is a distant feature visible along one's route that is used as
distant aiming point that one moves towards. Once reached another steering point is
identified until a change of direction or the final destination is reached.
Identify the start point and destination point on the map.
Analyze the terrain between these two points for both movement and tactical
purposes.
Plan the best route, including checkpoints, if needed.
Determine the grid azimuths between identified checkpoints (if any) and the final
point.
Convert the grid azimuth(s) taken from the map to a magnetic azimuth(s).
Determine the map distances between identified checkpoints and the total distance
to be traveled.
Determine the direction of movement using the compass.
Move in the identified direction of travel or towards the identified steering mark.
Determine a new steering mark or confirm direction of travel as needed. Note: The
direction of movement, when not using a steering mark, must be periodically
confirmed.
Navigate using a combination of dead reckoning and terrain association.
Follow the procedures outlined for both techniques.
Use each technique to reinforce the accuracy of the other technique.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References: Required:
Related: TC 3-25.26
071-COM-1014
Locate an Unknown Point on a Map and on the Ground by Intersection
Conditions: You are a member of a squad or section and have a requirement to
determine the location of the unknown point on the map. You have a 1:50,000- scale
military map, a magnetic compass, a military protractor, pencil, paper, and an item
that can be used as a straight edge. There are at least two well-defined points on
the ground that you can locate on the map. Some iterations of this task should be
performed in MOPP 4..
Standards: Determine the grid coordinates of the unknown point to within 100
meters; include the two-letter 100,000 meter square identifier, using either the
map-and-compass method or the straight edge method.
Special Standards: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4: Sometim
Note: Intersection is the location of an unknown point by occupying at least two
(preferably three) known positions on the ground (either successively by one
Soldier or simultaneously by two or more Soldiers), then plotting on the map the
grid azimuth of each of these known points to the unknown point, and identifying
the point on the map where the lines intersect. It is used to locate distant or
inaccessible points or objects such as enemy targets and danger areas. There are
two methods of intersection: the map-and-compass method and the straight edge
method.
Identify an unknown point on a map by intersection using the map-and- compass
method. (Figure 071-COM-1014-1)
Orient the map on a flat surface using a compass.
Plot grid azimuths from known points to the unknown point on the map.
Mark your position (the observers) on the map.
Determine the magnetic azimuth from your position to the unknown point.
Convert the magnetic azimuth to a grid azimuth.
Place the index point of a protractor on your plotted position.
Align the protractor's 0 to 180-degree line to the top of the map's North-South
grid line.
Ensure the 0-degree mark is pointing to the north (or top of map).
Place a tick mark on the map beside the number on the protractor that corresponds
to the computed grid azimuth.
Draw a straight line from your plotted position to the tick mark and
beyond.
Repeat steps 1b(1) through 1b(8) for each observer position.
Figure 071-COM-1014-1.Intersection Using the Map-and-Compass Method
Identify the point where the lines intersect as the location of the unknown point.
Determine the grid coordinates to this location to the desired accuracy.
Identify an unknown point on a map by intersection using the straight edge method.
(Figure 071-COM-1014-2)
Figure 071-COM-1014-2. Intersection using the Straight Edge Method
Orient your map on a flat surface using terrain association.
Mark your position (the observers) on the map.
Draw an intersection line for each of these plotted points.
Lay a straight edge on one of the two known observer points on the map.
Rotate the straightedge on the map until the straightedge lines up with both the
known observer position on the map (Point A and Point B in Figure 2) and the
unknown position in the distance (Point C in Figure 2).
Draw a line along the straight edge from the known observer position toward the
unknown position on the ground.
Repeat steps 2c(1) through 2c(3) for each plotted point.
Identify the point where the lines intersect as the unknown location.
Determine the grid coordinates to this location to the desired accuracy. (Asterisks
indicates a leader performance step.)
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and/or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected by reviewing the task standards.
Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions, warnings, and
dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to equipment.
Performance Measures GO NO GO
Identified an unknown point on a map by intersection using the map-and-compass
method.
Identified an unknown point on a map by intersection using the straight edge
method.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
Environment: Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to
do. It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert
to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you
will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting
people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to the current Environmental
Considerations manual and the current GTA Environmental- related Risk Assessment
card.
Safety: In a training environment, leaders must perform a risk assessment in
accordance with current Risk Management Doctrine. Leaders will complete the current
Deliberate Risk Assessment Worksheet in accordance with the TRADOC Safety Officer
during the planning and completion of each task and sub-task by assessing mission,
enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support available-time available and civil
considerations, (METT-TC). Note: During MOPP training, leaders must ensure
personnel are monitored for potential heat injury. Local policies and procedures
must be followed during times of increased heat category in order to avoid heat
related injury. Consider the MOPP work/rest cycles and water replacement guidelines
IAW current CBRN doctrine.
References: Required:
Related: TC 3-25.26
071-COM-1015
Locate an Unknown Point on a Map and on the Ground by Resection
Conditions: You are a member of a squad or section and have a requirement to
determine the teams current location. You have a 1:50,000-scale military map, a
magnetic compass, a military protractor, pencil, paper, and an item that can be
used as a straight edge. There are at least two well-defined points on the ground
that you can locate on the map. Some iterations of this task should be performed in
MOPP 4..
Standards: Determine the grid coordinates of the unknown point to within 100
meters; include the two-letter 100,000 meter square identifier, using either the
map-and-compass method or the straight edge method.
Notes: Resection is the method of locating one's position on a map by determining
the grid azimuth to at least two well-defined locations that can be pinpointed on
the map. For greater accuracy, the desired method of resection is to use three or
more well-defined locations.
Special Standards: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: None
Remarks: None
Identify your location on a map by resection using the map and compass method
(Figure 071-COM-1015-1).
Figure 071-COM-1015-1. Resection using the map and compass method.
Orient the map on a flat surface using a compass.
Identify at least two well-defined points on the ground.
Mark these well-defined points on the map. (Figure 1, Example A).
Plot the back azimuths of these points on the map. (Figure 1, Example
B)
Determine the magnetic azimuth from your location to one of the
defined points.
Convert the magnetic azimuth to a grid azimuth.
Convert this grid azimuth to a back grid azimuth.
Place the index point of a protractor on the well-defined point.
Align the protractor's 0- to 180-degree line to the top of the map's North-South
grid line.
Ensure the 0-degree mark is pointing to the north (or top of map).
Place a tick mark on the map beside the number on the protractor that corresponds
to the computed back grid azimuth.
Draw a straight line from the well-defined point to the tick and beyond.
Repeat steps 1d (1) through 1d (8) for each well-defined point.
Identify the point where the lines intersect as your location.
Determine the grid coordinates to this location to the desired accuracy.
Identify your location on a map by resection using the straightedge method (Figure
071-COM-1015-2).
Figure 071-COM-1015-2. Resection using the straight edge method.
Orient your map on a flat surface using terrain association.
Locate at least two known distant locations or prominent features on the ground.
Plot these distant locations or prominent features on the map.
Draw a resection line for each of these plotted points.
Lay a straightedge on one of the two known points on the map.
Rotate the straightedge on the map until straight edge lines up with both the known
position on the map (Figure 2, Point B and Point D) and the known position in the
distance (Figure 2, Point A and Point C).
Draw a line along the straightedge away from the known position on the ground
toward your position.
Repeat steps 2d (1) through 2d(3) for each plotted point.
Identify the point where the lines intersect as your location.
Determine the grid coordinates to this location to the desired accuracy. (Asterisks
indicates a leader performance step.)
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and/or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected by reviewing the task standards.
Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions, warnings, and
dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References: Required:
Related: TC 3-25.26
071-COM-0501
Move as a Member of a Team
Conditions: You are a member of a dismounted team that is conducting tactical
movement. You are not the team leader. You have your individual weapon and
individual combat equipment. Some iterations of this task should be performed in
MOPP 4.
Standards: Assume your position in the team's current formation, maintain proper
distance between you and other team members, follow the team leader's example, and
maintain security of your sector.
Special Condition: None Special Standards: None Safety Risk: Medium MOPP 4:
Sometimes
Cue: None
Note:The standard team is composed of four personnel - team leader (TL), automatic
rifleman (AR), grenadier (G), and rifleman (R). The team leader designates
positions based on the mission variables.
Assume your position in the team's current formation.
Note: Specific positions vary based on the type of movement formation selected by
the team leader.
Assume your position within the team wedge formation (Figure 071- COM-0501-1).
Note: This is the basic team formation. It is easy to control, is flexible, allows
immediate fires in all directions, and offers all-round local security.
Figure 071-COM-0501-1. Wedge Formations
Assume your position within the team file formation (Figure 071-COM- 0501-2).
Note: The file is used when employing the wedge is impractical. This formation is
most often used in severely restrictive terrain, like inside a building; dense
vegetation; limited visibility; and so forth. The distance between Soldiers changes
due to constraints of the situation, particularly when in urban operations.
Figure 071-COM-0501-2. File Formation.
Maintain proper distance between you and other team members.
Note: The normal distance between Soldiers is 10 meters. When enemy contact is
possible, the distance between teams should be about 50 meters. In open terrain
such as desert, the interval may increase. The distance between individuals is
determined by how much control the team leader can still exercise over his team
members.
Maintain visual contact with your team leader.
Note: It is essential for all team members to maintain visual contact with the team
leader.
Follow the team leader's example.
Note: When the team leader moves left, you move to the left. When the team leader
gets down, you get down.
Adjust your position within the team as designated by the team leader.
Maintain security of your sector (i.e. to the flanks, front or rear of the team).
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References: Required:
Related: TC 3-21.75
071-COM-0502
Move Under Direct Fire
Conditions: You are a member of a team conducting movement to contact and are under
fire from an enemy position that is 250 to 300 meters away from your position. You
have an individual weapon, individual combat equipment, and a current firing
position that provides cover from the enemy's direct fire. Some interation of this
task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Move within 100 meters of the enemy position using the appropriate
movement techniques based on the situation and terrain.
Special Condition: None Safety Risk: Medium Special Equipment: MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: None
Note:While this task may be performed by an individual Soldier, it is best
performed as a member of a team or as part of a two-man buddy team.
Select an individual movement route that adheres to the instructions provided by
your team leader.
Note: When part of a team your movement route and general firing positions may be
determined by your team leader. When moving as part of a team you must be prepared
to follow your team leader’s example.
Search the terrain to your front for good firing positions.
Note: Large trees, rocks, stumps, fallen timber, rubble, vehicle hulls, man- made
structures, and folds or creases on the ground may provide both cover and
concealment and can be used as fighting positions.
Select the best route to the positions.
Note: A gully, ravine, ditch, or wall at a slight angle to your direction of travel
may provide cover and concealment when using the low or high crawl movement
techniques. Hedge rows or a line of thick vegetation may provide concealment only
when using the low or high crawl technique.
Pick a route that minimize your exposure to enemy fire.
Ensure route does not cross in front of other team members.
Communicate your movement intent to your buddy and team leader, as appropriate,
using hand and arm signals.
Suppress the enemy as required.
Note: Do not expose yourself to fire unless the enemy is suppressed. Suppression of
the enemy may be accomplished by another element, a buddy, or by yourself. With the
enemy suppressed you can select an individual movement route or initiate movement.
Conduct movement using the appropriate technique(s) to reach each position.
Move using the high crawl technique (figure 071-COM-1502-1).
Note: The high crawl lets you move faster than the low crawl and still gives you a
low silhouette. Use this crawl when there is good cover and concealment but enemy
fire prevents you from getting up.
Figure 071-COM-1502-1. High Crawl.
Keep your body off of the ground.
Rest your weight on your forearms and lower legs.
Cradle your weapon in your arms.
Keep the muzzle of the weapon off the ground.
Keep your knees well behind your buttocks so it stays low.
Move forward by alternately advancing your right elbow and left knee, and left
elbow and right knee.
Move using the low crawl technique (figure 071-COM-1502-2). Note: The low crawl
gives you the lowest silhouette. It is used to cross places where the cover and/or
concealment are very low and enemy fire or observation prevents you from getting
up.
Figure 071-COM-1502-2. Low Crawl.
Keep your body as flat as possible to the ground.
Grasp the sling of the weapon at the upper sling swivel with your right hand.
Let the hand guard rest on your forearm.
Keep the muzzle of the weapon off the ground.
Move forward.
Push both arms forward while pulling your right leg forward.
Pull on the ground with both arms while pushing with your right
leg.
Repeat steps (a) and (b) until you reach your next position.
Moved using the rush technique (figure 071-COM-1502-3).
Note: The rush is the fastest way to move from one position to another. Use when
you must cross an open area and time is critical.
Figure 071-COM-1502-3. Rush.
Raise your head.
Select your next position.
Lower your head.
Draw your arms into your body.
Pull your right leg forward.
Raise your body.
Get up quickly.
Run for 3-5 seconds to your next position.
Plant both feet just before hitting the ground.
Fall forward.
Drop to your knees.
Slide your right hand down to the heel of the butt of your weapon.
Break your fall with the butt of your weapon.
Continue using movement techniques until you reach your final firing position.
Occupy your identified firing position within 100 meters of the enemy
position.
Assume a firing position.
Engage enemy with your individual weapon.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and/or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References: Required:
Related: TC 3-21.75
071-COM-0510
React to Indirect Fire while Dismounted
Conditions: You are a member of a squad or team conducting a dismounted patrol and
you hear indirect fire exploding or passing Over-head. You have your individual
weapon and equipment. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: React to indirect fire while moving as a member of a squad or team.
Special Condition: None Safety Risk: Medium MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: None
Shout "Incoming!" in a loud, recognizable voice.
Drop to the ground.
Follow commands and actions of your leader.
Note: Normally, if moving, the leader will tell you to run out of the impact area
in a certain direction or will tell you to follow him. If you cannot see or hear
your leader you should follow other team members.
Seek the nearest appropriate cover.
Avoid the impact area if not already in it.
Run in a direction away from the incoming fire.
Assess your situation.
Report your situation to your leader.
Continue the mission.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and/or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Explain what is expected from the Soldier by reviewing the task
standards. Stress the importance of observing all cautions, warnings, and dangers
to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to equipment.
Evaluation Guidance:. Refer to chapter 1, paragraph 1-9e, (1) and (2).
References: TC 3-21.75
071-COM-0513
Select Hasty Fighting Positions
Condition: You are a member of a dismounted squad or team occupying an area and
have been directed to establish a temporary fighting position to cover a given
sector of fire. You have an individual or crew-served weapon and your individual
combat equipment.
Standard: Select and prepare a hasty fighting position that protects you from enemy
observation and fire, and allows effective fires to be placed within sector of
fire.
Special Condition: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4:
Identify a position that will provide the best cover and concealment.
Note: Cover, made of natural or man-made materials, gives protection from bullets,
fragments of exploding rounds, flame, nuclear effects, biological and chemical
agents, and enemy observation. Concealment is anything that hides personal,
equipment and/or vehicles from enemy observation. Concealment does not protect you
from enemy fire.
Use natural, undisturbed cover and concealment, if available.
Ensure man-made cover and concealment blends with surroundings.
Ensure the position allows effective weapon emplacement.
Ensure proper sector of fires for appropriate weapon system.
Ensure proper field of fires.
Prepare the fighting position.
Avoid disclosing your position by careless or excessive clearing.
Leave a thin, natural screen of vegetation to hide your position.
Cut off lower branches of large, scattered trees, in sparsely wooded areas.
Clear underbrush only where it blocks your view.
Remove cut brush, limbs, and weeds so the enemy will not spot them.
Cover cuts on trees and bushes forward of your position with mud, dirt, or snow.
Leave no trails as clues for the enemy.
Maintain camouflage.
Note: Camouflage is anything you use to keep yourself, your equipment, and your
position from being identified.
Prevent attention by controlling movement and activities.
Avoid putting anything where the enemy expects to find it.
Break up outlines and shadows.
Conceal shining objects.
Break up familiar shapes to make them blend in with their surroundings.
Camouflage yourself and your equipment to blend with the surroundings.
Ensure proper dispersion.
Study the terrain and vegetation of the area in which you are operating.
Use camouflage material that best blends with the area.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and/or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected by reviewing the task standards.
Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions, warnings, and
dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to equipment
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
Environment: Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to
do. It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert
to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you
will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting
people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to ATP 3-
34.5 Environmental Considerations and GTA 05-08-002 ENVIRONMENTAL- RELATED RISK
ASSESSMENT. Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to do.
It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Units will assess
environmental risk using the assessment matrixes in ATP 3-34.5, Appendix D. Always
be alert to ways to protect our environment
during training and missions. In doing so, you will contribute to the sustainment
of our training resources while protecting people and the environment from harmful
effects.
Safety: In a training environment, leaders must perform a risk assessment in
accordance with ATP 5-19, Risk Management. Leaders will complete a DD Form 2977
DELIBERATE RISK ASSESSMENT WORKSHEET during the
planning and completion of each task and sub-task by assessing mission, enemy,
terrain and weather, troops and support available-time available and civil
considerations, (METT-TC). Note: During MOPP training, leaders must ensure
personnel are monitored for potential heat injury. Local policies and procedures
must be followed during times of increased heat category in order to avoid heat
related injury. Consider the MOPP work/rest cycles and water replacement guidelines
IAW TM 3-11.32 Multi-Service Reference For Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and
Nuclear Warning And Reporting And Hazard Prediction Procedures.
References: Required:
Related: TC 3-21.75
Subject Area 4: Communicate
113-COM-2070
Operate Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System SINCGARS
Conditions: Given a requirement to contact a distant radio station, an operational
SINCGARS, loaded communication security (COMSEC) fill device, antenna, distant
station, Signal Operations Instructions (SOI), and required references in an
operational environment. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP
4.
Standards: Prepare SINCGARS in Single Channel (SC) and Frequency Hopping (FH)
modes; establish communications with a distant station by successfully conducting a
secure communications check according to required references.
Special Condition: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: You may begin.
Remarks: None
Notes: Stop time or evaluation between modes of operation.
Operate SINCGARS in SC mode.
Perform start-up procedures.
Enter the following parameters.
Turn FCTN knob to Load (LD).
Put radio into SC MODE.
Note: For R/T-1523D and previous models turn the MODE knob to SC. For R/T-1523E,
and later models press the MENU button repeatedly to navigate to the MODE options;
then press the CHG button to change the radio to SC.
Select Channel (CHAN) 1-6, CUE, or MAN.
Note: For R/T-1523D and pervious models use the CHAN knob to change channels. For
R/T-1523E and later models use the MENU button to navigate to CHANNEL and press
button 1-6, CUE (0), or MAN (7) for correlating channel.
Press Frequency (FREQ), then Clear (CLR).
Enter frequency.
Press Store (STO).
Repeat the above steps b3-b6 for each channel requiring a frequency
Load Communication Security (COMSEC).
Change COMSEC MODE to Cypher Text (CT).
Note: For R/T-1523D, and previous models turn the COMSEC knob to CT. For R/T-1523E,
and later models press the MENU button repeatedly to navigate to the COMSEC option
menu; then press the CHG button to change the radio to CT.
Connect COMSEC fill device to AUD/FILL port.
Initiate COMSEC transfer by pressing LOAD (0) then STO and then the corresponding
channel key.
Note: Repeat for each channel requiring COMSEC.
Turn FCTN knob to Squelch (SQ)/ON.
Conduct a radio check.
Enter the net using proper radio procedures IAW ACP-125 SUPP1.
Establish communication with distant end.
Operate SINCGARS in Frequency Hop (FH) mode.
Perform start-up procedures.
Execute the FH load procedures.
Turn FCTN knob to LD.
Put radio into FH MODE.
Note: For R/T-1523D, and previous models turn the MODE knob to FH. For R/T-1523E,
and later models press the MENU button repeatedly to navigate to the MODE options;
then press the CHG button to change the radio to FH.
Put radio into CT mode.
Note: For R/T-1523D, and previous models turn the COMSEC knob to CT. For R/T-1523E,
and later models press the MENU button repeatedly to navigate to the COMSEC
options; then press the CHG button to change the radio to CT.
Load COMSEC.
Connect COMSEC fill device to AUD/FILL port.
Initiate COMSEC transfer by press LOAD (0) then STO then the correlating channel
key.
Note:
Load the HOPSET.
Note: HOPSET loading procedures vary greatly between fill devices; reference the
appropriate manual for the available fill device.
Set the radio date.
Note: Press TIME, then MENU/CLR. Enter current Julian date then press STO.
Reference DA PAM 738–750 for Julian date.
Set radio time.
Note: Press TIME, then press MENU/CLR. Enter current Zulu/Universal Time Co-
ordinated (UTC; press STO. The time starts counting as soon as the STO button is
pressed. Accuracy in timing is essential to SINCGARS operations, deviations of +4
seconds could result in inability to communicate.
Turn FCTN knob to SQ/ON.
Conduct a radio check (repeat step 1e).
Evaluation Preparation:
Evaluation Guidance: Score the soldier GO if all steps are passed. Score the
soldier NO-GO if any step is failed. If the soldier fails any step, show what was
done wrong and how to do it correctly. Have the soldier practice until the task can
be performed correctly.
References
Required: ACP 125, TM 11-5820-890-13&P-1, TM 11-5820-890-13&P-2, TM 11-5820-890-
13&P-3, TM 11-5820-890-13&P-4, TM 11-5820-890- 13&P-5, TM 11-5820-890-13&P-6, TM
11-5820-890-13&P-7, TM 11-
5820-890-13&P-8, TM 11-5820-890-13&P-9, TM 11-5820-890-13&P-
10, UNIT SOI Unit/Unit's Signal Operation Instructions (SOI)
References
113-COM-1022
Perform Voice Communications
Conditions: Given: 1. One operational radio set for each net member, warmed up and
set to the net frequency. 2. A call sign information card (5 x 8) consisting of:
Net member duty position (S-1, S-2), net call sign (letter-number-letter), suffix
list (Net Control Station [NCS] - 46, S-1 - 39, S-2 - 13), and a message to be
transmitted. 3. Situation: The net is considered to be secure and authentication is
not required. Note: This task may have as many net members as there is equipment
available. Each net member must have a different suffix and message to transmit.
Standards: Perform voice communications by entering and leaving the net in
alphanumeric sequence and use of correct prowords, phonetic alphabet, and numerals
that result in successful communication of the message.
Special Condition: None Special Standards: None Safety Risk: Low
Cue: None
Note: None
Enter the net.
Determine the abbreviated call sign and answering sequence for your duty position.
Respond to the NCS issuing a net call.
Answer in alphanumeric sequence.
Note: At this time, the NCS acknowledges and the net is open.
Send a message.
Listen to make sure the net is clear. Do not interrupt any ongoing communications.
Call the NCS and tell the operator the priority of the message you have for his or
her station.
Receive a response from the NCS that he or she is ready to receive.
Send your message using the correct prowords and pronunciation of letters and
numbers.
Get a receipt for the message.
Leave the net in alphanumeric sequence.
Note: The NCS acknowledges and the net is closed. Note: The following call signs
are used in this task as an example: Net call sign - E3E, NCS - E46, S-1 - E39, S-2
- E13.
Answer in alphanumeric sequence.
You receive a call from the NCS who issues a close down order.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Position operational radio sets in different rooms or tents or at least 70
feet apart outside. Obtain call signs, suffixes, and a radio frequency through the
normal command chain. Select a message 15-25 words in length, containing some
number groups such as map coordinates and times. Print the call signs for the
sender and the receiver, along with the message to be sent, on 5 x 8 cards. Perform
a communications check to ensure operation of the radios. Have an assistant who is
proficient in radio operation man the NCS. Provide the assistant with the call
signs. If the soldier has not demonstrated sufficient progress to complete the task
within 5 minutes, give him or her a NO-GO. This time limit is an administrative
requirement, not a doctrinal one; so if the soldier has almost completed the task
correctly, you may decide to allow him or her to finish.
Brief Soldier: Give the soldier to be tested the card containing the message and
call signs. Tell him or her the radio is ready for operation, the net is considered
to be secure and authentication is not required, and to send the message to the NCS
and get a receipt. Tell the soldier, if sufficient progress in completing the task
within 5 minutes has not been demonstrated, he or she will receive a NO-GO for the
task.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the soldier scores
NO-GO, show the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References: Required:
Related: ACP 125 (F); ACP 131 (E); TB 9-2320-280-35-2
081-COM-0101
Request Medical Evacuation
Conditions: You have a casualty requiring medical evacuation (MEDEVAC). You will
need operational communications equipment, MEDEVAC request format, and unit signal
operation instructions (SOI). Some iterations of this task should be performed in
MOPP.
Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP.
Standards: Transmit a 9-Line MEDEVAC request, providing all necessary information
as quickly as possible. Transmit, as a minimum, line numbers 1 through 5 during the
initial contact with the evacuation unit. Transmit lines 6 through 9 while the
aircraft or vehicle is enroute, if not included during the initial contact. IAW ATP
4-02.2, Medical Evacuation.
Special Condition: None Special Standards: None Special Equipment:
Safety Level: Low
MOPP: Sometimes
Cue: None
Note: None
References: Required: Related:
Collect all applicable information needed for the MEDEVAC request.
Determine the grid coordinates for the pickup site. (See STP 21-1- SMCT, task 071-
COM-1002.)
Obtain radio frequency, call sign, and suffix.
Obtain the number of patients and precedence.
Determine the type of special equipment required.
Determine the number and type (litter or ambulatory) of patients.
Determine the security of the pickup site.
Determine how the pickup site will be marked.
Determine patient nationality and status.
Obtain pickup site chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear (CBRN)
contamination information normally obtained from the senior person or medic.
Note: CBRN line 9 information is only included when contamination exists.
Record the gathered MEDEVAC information using the authorized brevity codes. (See
table 081-COM-0101-1 and 081-COM-0101-2.)
Note: Unless the MEDEVAC information is transmitted over secure communication
systems, it must be encrypted, except as noted in step 3b(1).
Table 081-COM-0101-1
Table 081-COM-0101-2
Location of the pickup site (line 1).
Radio frequency, call sign, and suffix (line 2).
Numbers of patients by precedence (line 3).
Encrypt this information using the following brevity codes: A=Urgent. B= Urgent
Surgical. C= Priority. D=Routine. E= Convenience.
If 2 or more categories are reported in same request, insert the word "break"
between each category.
Special equipment required (line 4). Encrypt this information using the following
brevity codes: A= None. B= Hoist. C= Extraction Equipment. D= Ventilator.
Number of patients by type (line 5). Encrypt this information using the following
brevity codes: L+#: Number of litter patients. A+#: Number of ambulatory patients
(able to walk or can walk with assistance).
Note: If requesting MEDEVAC for both types, insert the word "break" between the
litter entry and the ambulatory entry.
Security of the pickup site (line 6- wartime). Encrypt this information using the
following brevity codes: N= No enemy troops in area. P= Possibly enemy troops in
area, approach with caution. E= Enemy troops in area, approach with caution. X=
Enemy troops in area, armed escort required.
Number and type of wound, injury or illness (line 6- peacetime)
Method of marking the pickup site (line 7). Encrypt this information using the
following brevity codes: A= Panels. B= Pyrotechnic signal. C= Smoke signal. D=
None. E= Other.
Patient nationality and status (line 8). Encrypt this information using the
following brevity codes: A= US Military. B=US Civilian. C= Non-US Military. D= Non-
US Civilian. E= Enemy prisoner (EPW).
CBRN contamination (line 9). Encrypt this information using the
following brevity codes: N= Nuclear or radiological. B= Biological. C= Chemical.
Terrain Description (line 9 - peacetime)
Transmit the MEDEVAC request. (See STP 21-1-SMCT, task 113-COM- 1022.)
Note: Transmission may vary depending on individual experience level and situation.
Contact the unit that controls the evacuation assets.
Make proper contact with the intended receiver. Use effective call sign and
frequency assignments from the SOI.
Give the following in the clear "I HAVE A MEDEVAC REQUEST;" wait one to three
seconds for a response. If no response, repeat the statement.
Transmit the MEDEVAC information in the proper sequence.
State all line item numbers in clear text. The call sign and suffix (if needed) in
line 2 may be transmitted in the clear.text.
Note: Line numbers 1 through 5 must always be transmitted during the initial
contact with the evacuation unit. Lines 6 through 9 may be transmitted while the
aircraft or vehicle is en route.
Follow the procedure provided in the explanation column of the MEDEVAC request
format to transmit other required information. (See tables 081-COM-0101-1 and 081-
COM-0101-2.)
Pronounce letters and numbers according to appropriate radiotelephone procedures.
End the transmission by stating "OVER."
Keep the radio on and listen for additional instructions or contact from the
evacuation unit.
Keep the radio on and listen for additional instructions or contact from the
evacuation unit.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: For evaluation of this task, create a scenario and provide the Soldier
information for the request as the Soldier requests it. You or an assistant will
act as the radio contact at the evacuation unit during "transmission" of the
request. Give a copy of the MEDEVAC request format to the Soldier.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier to prepare and transmit a MEDEVAC request. State
that the communication net is secure.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all steps are passed. Score the
Soldier NO-GO if any step is failed. If the Soldier fails any step,show what was
done wrong and how to do it correctly.
Environment: Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to
do. It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert
to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you
will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting
people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to ATP 3-34.5 Environmental
Considerations and GTA 05-08-002 ENVIRONMENTAL- RELATED RISK ASSESSMENT.
Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to do. It is a
continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert to ways to
protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you will
contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting people and
the environment from harmful effects.
Refer to ATP 3-34.5 Environmental Considerations and GTA 05-08-002 ENVIRONMENTAL-
RELATED RISK ASSESSMENT.
Safety: In a training environment, leaders must perform a risk assessment in
accordance with ATP 5-19, Risk Management. Leaders will complete a DD Form 2977
DELIBERATE RISK ASSESSMENT WORKSHEET during the planning and completion of each
task and sub-task by assessing mission, enemy, terrain and weather, troops and
support available-time available and civil considerations, (METT-TC). Note: During
MOPP training, leaders must ensure personnel are monitored for potential heat
injury. Local policies and procedures must be followed during times of increased
heat category in order to avoid heat related
injury. Consider the MOPP work/rest cycles and water replacement guidelines IAW TM
3-11.32 Multi-Service Reference for Chemical, Biological, Radiological, And Nuclear
Warning and Reporting and Hazard Prediction Procedures.
References:
Required: ATP 4-02.2, ATP 4-25.13, STP 21-1-SMCT
Related: ATP 6-02.53
171-COM-4079
Send a Situation Report (SITREP)
Conditions: You are an element leader with an operation order (OPORD) or
fragmentary order (FRAGO), map, overlay or sketch map with graphic control
measures, and an operational vehicle. You may be digitally equipped. Your current
situation requires you to send a SITREP. Some iterations of this task should be
performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Prepare a SITREP in standard format and send to the next higher element.
Maintain situational awareness (SA).
Special Condition: None Special Standards: None Special Equipment:
Cue: None
Note:The operational environment must be considered at all times during this task.
All Army elements must be prepared to enter any environment and perform their
missions while simultaneously dealing with a wide range of unexpected threats and
other influences. Units must be ready to counter these threats and influences and,
at the same time, be prepared to deal with various third-party actors, such as
international humanitarian relief agencies, news media, refugees, and civilians on
the battlefield. These groups may or may not be hostile to us, but they can
potentially affect the unit's ability to accomplish its mission.
Note: Units equipped with digital communication systems will use these systems to
maximize information management, maintain SA, and minimize electronic signature.
Prepare a SITREP in standard format.
Note: The SITREP is used to report any change since the last report, to request
resupply, and to report the current location of the element; only lines or parts of
lines that contain new information will be sent. It may require additional follow-
up reports.
Note: Timely and accurate reporting of friendly elements locations, obstacles and
contacts are essential to maintaining SA and the reduction of potential fratricide
incidents.
Line 1: Date and Time Group (DTG)-Report date and time the report is being
submitted.
Note: Date is the date that the report is being submitted. Time is the local time
or zulu time that the report is being initiated.
Line 2: Unit-Identify the unit making the report.
Line 3: From-Report the time that the operational situation started or will start.
Line 4: Until-Report the time that the operational situation ends or will
end.
Line 5: Map-Give a minimum six digit grid of the squad or team current
location.
Line 6: Enemy-Report enemy activity.
Nationality.
Location.
Mission.
Time of Sighting.
Line 7: Nonhostile-Report nonhostile activity.
Line 8: Own-Report activities of own forces.
Changes in location of units and/or formations.
Activities of forces not attached to originating unit.
Send the SITREP to the next higher element.
Maintain SA.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References: Required: FM 6-99 Related:
171-COM-4080
Send a Spot Report (SPOTREP)
Conditions: You are an element leader with in an operation environment. You may be
digitally equipped. Your current situation requires you to send a Spot Report
(SPOTREP). Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Prepare a Spot Report (SPOTREP) in standard format and send to the next
higher element.
Special Condition: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: None
Note: The SPOTREP is used to report timely intelligence or status regarding events
that could have an immediate and significant effect on current and future
operations. This is the initial means for reporting troops in contact and event
information. Several lines of the SPOTREP provide sub-categories that structure
reported data. Some lines may be omitted in an emergency. For example, the
SPOTREP could provide only the reporting unit, event DTG, location, and activity.
The format of a SPOTREP may also change based on unit’s standing operating
procedures (SOP).
If equipped with Force XXI Battle Command Brigade-and-Below (FBCB2), the FBCB2
operator must update observed enemy force locations, neutral organizations,
civilians and other battlefield hazards.
Prepare SPOTREP.
LINE 1 – date time group (DTG) of report submission.
LINE 2 – reporting unit (Unit Making Report).
Note: After the unit designation, the method of observation must be indicated:
unaided, binoculars, infrared, thermal, night vision device (NVD), unmanned
aircraft system (UAS), or other. Follow with narrative if needed.
LINE 3 – size of detected element.
Persons: Military, Civilian.
Vehicles: Military, Civilian.
Equipment: Military, Civilian
LINE 4 - activity of detected element at DTG of report.
Note: The activity type or types must be indicated and an amplifying sub-type if
Applicable. If necessary add a narrative to clarify, describe, or explain the type
of activity.
Attacking (direction from).
Air defense artillery (ADA) (engaging).
Aircraft (engaging) (rotary wing [RW], fixed wing [FW]).
Ambush (IED [exploded], IED [unexploded], sniper, anti-armor,
other).
Indirect fire (point of impact, point of origin).
Chemical, biological, radiological or nuclear (CBRN).
Defending (direction from).
Moving (direction from).
Stationary.
Cache.
Civilian (criminal acts, unrest, infrastructure damage).
Personnel recovery (isolating event, observed signal).
Other (give name and description).
LINE 5 - location (universal transverse mercator (UTM) or grid coordinate with
military grid reference system (MGRS) grid zone designator of detected element
activity or event observed).
LINE 6 - unit (detected element unit, organization, or facility).
Note: The type of unit, organization, or facility detected should be identified. If
it cannot be clearly identified is should be described in as much detail as
possible to include; the type uniform, vehicle markings, and other identifying
information.
Conventional.
Irregular.
Coalition.
Host nation.
Nongovernmental organization (NGO).
Civilian.
Facility.
LINE 7 – time (DTG of observation).
LINE 8 – equipment (equipment of element observed).
Note: The equipment type or types, and amplifying sub-type should be identified, if
applicable. A narrative can be added if necessary to clarify, describe, or explain
the type of equipment. The nomenclature, type, and quantity of all equipment
observed should be provided, if known. If equipment cannot be clearly identified it
should be describe in as much detail as possible
ADA (missile (man-portable air defense system [MANPADS]), missile (other), gun).
Arty (gun (self-propelled [SP]), gun (towed), missile or rocket, mortar).
Armored track vehicle (tank, armored personnel carrier [APC], command and control
[C2], engineer, transport, other).
Armored wheel vehicle (gun, APC, C2, engineer, transport, other).
Wheel vehicle (gun, C2, engineer, transport, other).
INF weapon (WPN) (anti-armor missile, anti-armor gun, rocket- propelled grenade
[RPG], heavy [HVY] machine gun [MG], grenade launcher [GL], small arms, other).
Aircraft (RW (attack helicopter [AH]), RW (utility helicopter [UH]), RW
(observation helicopter), FW (atk), FW (trans), UAS, other).
Mine or IED (buried, surface, vehicle-borne improvised explosive device [VBIED],
person-borne improvised explosive device [PBIED], other).
CBRN.
Supplies (class III, class V, other).
Civilian.
Other.
LINE 9 – assessment (apparent reason for or purpose of the activity observed, and
apparent threats to or opportunities for friendly forces).
LINE 10 –narrative (free text for clarifying report).
Note: The narrative should describe the actions taken related to the detected
activity: attack, withdraw, continue to observe, or other. When feasible, the
narrative should also state potential for subsequent reports such as air support
request, battle damage assessment (BDA) report, call for fire, casualty report,
explosive ordinance disposal (EOD) support, medical evacuation (MEDEVAC) or other
reports.
LINE 11 – authentication (report authentication) per SOP.
Send SPOTREP to next higher element.
Note: The unit SOP may have additional guidance on who receives the SPOTREP.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References: Required: FM 6-99 Related:
071-COM-0608
Use Visual Signaling Techniques
Conditions: You are a member of a mounted or dismounted platoon in a field
environment and must use visual signals to communicate. Some iterations of this
task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Communicate with other Soldiers and vehicle crews using visual signaling
techniques.
Special Condition: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: None
Note: Visual signals are any means of communication that require sight and can be
used to transmit planned messages rapidly over short distances. This includes the
devices and means used for the recognition and identification of friendly forces.
The most common types of visual signals are arm-and-hand, flag, pyrotechnic, and
ground-to-air. However, Soldiers are not limited to the types of signals discussed
and may use what is available. Chemical light sticks, flashlights, and other items
can be used, provided their use is standardized within a unit and understood by
Soldiers and units working in the area. The only limit is the Soldier's initiative
and imagination. Visual signals have certain limitations: (1) range and reliability
of visual communications are significantly reduced during poor visibility and when
terrain restricts observation; (2) may be misunderstood; and (3) vulnerable to
enemy interception and may be used for deception. Leaders of mounted units use arm-
and-hand signals to control individual vehicles and platoon movement. When
distances between vehicles increase, flags can be used as an extension of the arms
to give the signals.
Use visual signals for combat formations
Disperse (Figure 071-326-0608-2)
Extend the arm horizontally.
Wave the arm and hand to the front, left, right, and rear
Point toward the direction of each movement.
Figure 071-COM-0608-1. Disperse.
Assemble or Rally (Figure 071-326-0608-2).
Note: The assemble and rally signal is normally followed by pointing to the
assembly or rally site.
Raise arm vertically overhead.
Turn palm to the front.
Wave in large horizontal circles.
Figure 071-COM-0608-2.
Assemble or Rally.
Join me, Follow me, or Come forward (Figure 071-COM-0608-3).
Point toward person(s) or unit.
Beckon by holding the arm horizontally to the front with palm up.
Motion toward the body.
Figure 071-COM-0608-3.
Join me, Follow me, or come forward.
Increase speed, Double time, or Rush (Figure 071-COM-0608-4).
Raise the fist to the shoulder.
Thrust the fist upward to the full extent of the arm and back to shoulder level.
Continue rapidly several times.
Figure 071-COM-0608-4.
Increase speed, Double time, or Rush.
Quick time (Figure 071-COM-0608-5).
Note: This is the same signal as SLOW DOWN when directing vehicles. The difference
in meaning must be understood from the context in which they are used.
Extend the arm horizontally sideward.
Turn palm to the front.
Wave the arm slightly downward several times, keeping the arm straight.
Keep arm at shoulder level.
Figure 071-COM-0608-5.
Quick Time.
Enemy in sight (Figure 071-COM-0608-6).
Hold the rifle in the ready position at shoulder level.
Point the rifle in the direction of the enemy.
Figure 071-COM-0608-6.
Enemy in sight.
Wedge (Figure 071-COM-0608-7).
Extend the arms downward to the side.
Turn the palms to the front.
Place your arms at a 45-degree angle below horizontal.
Figure 071-COM-0608-7.
Wedge.
Vee (Figure 071-COM-0608-8).
Raise the arms.
Extend the arms 45-degrees above the horizontal.
Figure 071-COM-0608-8.
Vee.
Line (Figure 071-COM-0608-9).
Extend the arms.
Turn palms downward parallel to the ground.
Figure 071-COM-0608- 9.
Line.
Coil (Figure 071-COM-0608-10
Raise one arm above the head.
Rotate it in a small circle.
Figure 071-COM-0608-10.
Coil.
Staggered Column (Figures 11).
Extend the arms so that upper arms are parallel to the ground.
Make sure the forearms are perpendicular.
Raise the arms so they are fully extended above the head.
Figure 071-COM-0608-11.
Staggered Column.
Use visual signals for battle drills.
Note: Drills are a rapid, reflexive response executed by a small unit. These
signals are used to initiate drills.
Contact left (Figure 071-COM-0608-12).
Extend the left arm parallel to the ground.
Bend the arm until the forearm is perpendicular.
Repeat.
Figure 071-COM-0608-12.
Contact left.
Contact right (Figure 071-COM-0608-13).
Extend the both arms parallel to the ground.
Bend the arm until the forearm is perpendicular.
Repeat.
Figure 071-COM-0608-13.
Contact right.
Action left (Figure 071-COM-0608-14).
Extend the both arms parallel to the ground.
Raise the right arm until it is overhead.
Repeat.
Figure 071-COM-0608-14.
Action left.
Action right (Figure 071-COM-0608-15).
Extend the both arms parallel to the ground
Raise the left arm until it is overhead.
Repeat.
Figure 071-COM-0608-15.
Action right.
Air attack (Figure 071-COM-0608-16).
Bend the arms with forearms at a 45-degree angle.
The forearms should cross.
Repeat.
Figure 071-COM-0608-16.
Air Attack
Nuclear, Biological, Chemical attack (Figure 071-COM-0608-17).
Extend the arms and fists.
Bend the arms to the shoulders.
Repeat.
Figure 071-COM-0608-17
Nuclear, Biological, Chemical attack.
Use visual signals for patrolling.
Note: Patrolling is conducted by many type units. Infantry units patrol in order
to conduct combat operations. Other units patrol for reconnaissance and security.
Successful patrols require clearly understood communication signals among members
of a patrol.
Map check (Figure 071-COM-0608-18).
Place one hand on top of the other.
Point at the palm of one hand with the index finger of the other
hand.
Figure 071-COM-0608-18.
Map check.
Pace count (Figure 071-COM-0608-19).
Bend the knee so that the heel can be tapped on.
Tap the heel of the boot repeatedly with the open hand.
Figure 071-COM-0608-19.
Pace Count.
Head count (Figure 071-COM-0608-20).
Raise one arm behind the head.
Tap the back of the helmet repeatedly with an open hand.
Figure 071-COM-0608-20.
Head count.
Danger area (Figure 071-COM-0608-21).
Note: This movement is the same as stop engine when directing a driver. The
difference in meaning is understood from the context in which it is used.
Raise the right hand up until it is level with the throat.
Draw the right hand, palm down in a throat-cutting motion from left to right across
the neck.
Figure 071-COM-0608-21.
Danger Area.
Freeze or halt (Figure 071-COM-0608-22).
Make a fist with the right hand.
(1) Raise the fist to head level.
Figure 071-COM-0608-22.
Freeze or halt.
Use visual signals to control vehicle drivers.
Note: Flashlights or chemical lights are used at night to direct vehicles.
Flashlights with blue filters and chemical lights will have less effect on a
Soldier's night vision.
Start engine or prepare to move.
Day: Simulate cranking of the engine by moving the arm, with the fist, in a
circular motion at waist level (Figure 071-COM-0608-23).
Figure 071-COM-0608-23.
Start engine or prepare to move.
Night: Move a light in a horizontal figure 8 in a vertical plane in front of the
body (Figure 071-COM-0608-24).
Figure 071-COM-0608-24.
Start engine, or prepare to move (night).
Halt or stop.
(1) Day (Figure 071-COM-0608-25).
Raise the hand upward to the full extent of the arm, with palm to
the front.
Hold that position until the signal is understood
Figure 071-COM-0608-25.
Halt or stop.
(2) Night (Figure 071-COM-0608-26).
Move a light horizontally back and forth several times across the
path of approaching traffic to stop vehicles.
Use the same signal to stop engines.
Figure 071-COM-0608-26.
Halt or Stop (night).
Left turn.
(1) Day (Figure 071-COM-0608-27).
Extend the right arm horizontally to the side
Turn palm toward vehicle with fingers extended in the direction
of travel.
Figure 071-COM-0608-27.
Left turn.
(2) Night (Figure 071-COM-0608-28).
Bend the right arm at the elbow parallel to the ground.
Rotate a light to describe a 12 to 18 inch circle to the right.
Figure 071-COM-0608-28.
Left turn (night).
Right Turn.
(1) Day (Figure 071-COM-0608-29).
Extend the left arm horizontally to the side.
Turn palm toward vehicle with fingers extended in the direction
of travel.
Figure 071-COM-0608-29.
Right turn.
(1) Night (Figure 071-COM-0608-30).
Bend the right arm at the elbow parallel to the ground.
Rotate a light to describe a 12 to 18 inch circle to the left.
Move forward.
Figure 071-COM-0608-30.
Right turn (night).
(1). Day. (Figure 071-COM-0608-31).
Face the vehicle.
Raise the hands to shoulder level with palms facing the chest.
Move the hands and forearms backward and forward.
Figure 071-COM-0608-31.
Move forward.
(1). Night (Figure 071-COM-0608-32).
Face the vehicle.
Hold a light at shoulder level.
Move the hands and forearms backward and forward.
Move in reverse.
Figure 071-COM-0608-32.
Move forward (night).
(1). Day (Figure 071-COM-0608-33).
Face the vehicle.
Raise the hands to shoulder level with palms facing the vehicle.
Move the hands and forearms backward and forward.
Figure 071-COM-0608-33
Move in Reverse.
(2). Night (Figure 071-COM-0608-34).
Hold a light at shoulder level.
Blink it several times toward the vehicle.
Stop engine
Figure 071-COM-0608-34.
Move in reverse (night).
(1). Day (Figure 071-COM-0608-35).
Extend the arm parallel to the ground with hand open.
Move the arm across the body in a throat-cutting motion.
Figure 071-COM-0608-35.
Stop engine.
(2). Night (Figure 071-COM-0608-36).
(a) Extend the arm parallel to the ground with hand open.
Figure 071-COM-0608-36.
Stop engine (night).
b. Use the same signal to halt or stop vehicle. (Asterisks indicates a leader
performance step.)
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show him what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References Required: FM 21-60 Related:
Subject Area 5: Survive
031-COM-1010
Maintain Your Assigned Protective Mask
Conditions: You are in a field or garrison environment given your assigned
protective mask (with authorized accessories and components), cleaning Materials in
accordance with (IAW) the applicable operator technical manual (TM), a preventive
maintenance checks and services (PMCS) DA Form
Equipment Maintenance and Inspection Worksheet (EGA) or DA Form 2404 Equipment
Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet, and mask replacement parts. This task should
not be trained in MOPP 4.
Standards Maintain your assigned protective mask by performing operator PMCS IAW
mask TM and completing DA 5988-E Equipment Maintenance and Inspection Worksheet
(EGA) or DA Form 2404 Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet IAW DA Pam
750-8.
Special Condition: None Special Standards: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4: Never
Cue: You are getting ready for a mission in which the protective mask is required.
You are conducting regularly scheduled equipment maintenance.
Remarks: None
Note: None
Inspect your protective mask and accessories according to the PMCS
tables located in the mask operator TM.
Identify deficiencies and shortcomings.
Correct operator level deficiencies.
Perform operator level "light" cleaning of your assigned protective mask IAW the
operator TM..
Record uncorrected deficiencies on DA Form 5988-E or DA Form 2404 IAW DA Pam 750-8.
Provide the completed DA Form 5988-E or DA Form 2404 to your supervisor.
(Asterisks indicates a leader performance step.)
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed
(P). Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed (F). If the
Soldier fails any performance measure, show him how to do it correctly.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: A good time to evaluate this task is during normal care and cleaning of the
mask. Place the required equipment on a field table or another suitable surface.
Simulate defects in the mask by removing components from the mask or using a
defective mask not issued to the Soldier.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier there is no time standard for this task on the job,
but for testing purposes he must perform the task within 30 minutes. Tell him to
perform operator level PMCS on the mask, clean his assigned protective mask, and
replace the mask filter. Tell the Soldier that completing a DA Form 2404 Equipment
Inspection and Maintenance Work Sheet IAW DA PAM 750-8 is not part of the task.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed
(P). Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed (F). If the
Soldier fails any performance measure, show him how to do it correctly.
References:
Required: PAM 750-8, TM 3-4240-542-13&P, DA FORM 2404, DA FORM 5988-E
Related:
031-COM-1004
Protect Yourself from Chemical and Biological (CB) Contamination Using Your
Assigned Protective Mask
Conditions: You are given your assigned protective mask, a hood, and a mask
carrier. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards Do not wear contact lenses when performing this task. Do not use masks
with damaged filters because filters contain.
Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: 1. You realize that you are under a CB agent attack, 2. You are ordered to
mask, 3. You must enter a contaminated area, 4. You hear or see a chemical alarm,
or 5. You observe any other automatic masking criteria designated in your unit SOP.
Don mask assembly.
Stop Breathing and close eyes.
Remove helmet, put helmet between legs above knees or hold rifle between legs and
place helmet on the muzzle.
Note: If helmet falls continue to mask.
Take off glasses and place in helmet, if applicable.
Open the mask carrier with left hand.
Grasp the mask assembly with right hand, and remove it from the carrier.
Place chin in the chin pocket, and press the face piece tight against face.
Hold mask assembly tightly against face.
Grasp the harness tab, pull overhead and down the head harness as far as possible.
Note: Ensuring the head harness is centered on the crown of the head and the temple
straps are approximately parallel to the ground.
Grasp the loose end of the cheek straps, one at a time, and pull until strap feels
tight.
Note: Both straps should be approximately equal length when complete. Also the
temple and forehead straps have already been adjusted during
fitting do not tighten.
Clear mask assembly.
Seal the outlet disk valve by placing one hand over the outlet valve
cover assembly.
Blow out hard to ensure that any contaminated air is forced out around the edges of
the face piece.
Seal mask assembly.
Cover both filter inlet ports with the palms of your hands and breathe
in.
Ensure mask assembly collapse against the face.
Resume breathing.
Give the alarm.
Shout, "Gas, Gas, Gas."
Give the appropriate hand-and-arm signal per unit SOP.
Close mask carrier.
Don the mask hood, if applicable.
Note: the Soldier is using the mask in conjunction with the joint-service,
lightweight integrated suit technology (JSLIST), he/she skips this step (the mask
lacks a hood because it is built in on the JSLIST).Be careful when pulling on the
hood because it could snag and tear on the buckles of the head harness. Be careful
not to break face piece seal when pulling protective hood over your head.
Place hands up under the protective hood, stretch elasticized portion and raise
protective hood up and over filters.
Carefully pull excess protective hood material over head, neck and shoulders.
Grasp underarm straps.
Bring the male end of each underarm strap and fasten to female end.
Tighten underarm straps.
Put on the helmet and secure gear.
Note: For combat vehicle crewman (CVC) helmet, perform the following steps: 1.
Disconnect the boom microphone from the helmet, 2. Connect the mask microphone to
the receptacle in the helmet, 3. Grasp the helmet next to the ear cups with the
hand, and spread the helmet as far as possible, 4. Place the helmet overhead,
tilting the helmet forward slightly so that the first contact when putting it on is
with the forehead surface of the mask and 5. Rotate the helmet back and down over
the head until it is seated in position. Make sure you don’t break seal of the
mask.
Continue the mission.
(Asterisks indicates a leader performance step.)
Evaluation Guidance: Read the action, condition, and standard to the Soldier.
Provide the Soldier with all items given in the Conditions
Statement. Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed (P) in
sequence. Soldier must complete steps 1 through 3, in sequence, within 9 seconds.
Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed (F) or out of
sequence. If the Soldier scores NO GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how
to do it correctly.
Evaluation Preparation: Gather all items in the conditions statement so that
they can be provided to the Soldier. Prepare scenarios and questions to ask the
Soldier in order to illicit a response that can be evaluated against the
performance measures.
Performance Measures GO NO GO
Donned the mask.
Stopped Breathing and closed eyes.
Removed helmet, put helmet between legs above knees or held rifle between legs and
placed helmet on the muzzle.
Took off glasses and placed in helmet, if applicable.
Opened the mask carrier with left hand.
Grasped the mask assembly with right hand, and removed it from the carrier.
Placed chin in the chin pocket, and pressed the face piece tight against face.
Held mask assembly tightly against face.
Grasped the harness tab, pulled over head and down the head harness as far as
possible. Note:
Grasped the loose end of the cheek straps, one at a time, and pulled until strap
feels tight.
Cleared mask assembly.
Sealed the outlet disk valve by placing one hand over the outlet valve cover
assembly.
Blew out hard and ensured that any contaminated air is forced out around the edges
of the face piece.
Checked mask Assembly.
Performance Measures GO NO GO
Covered both filter inlet ports with the palms of your hands and breathed in.
Ensured mask assembly collapse against the face.
Resumed breathing.
Gave the alarm.
Shouted, "Gas, Gas, Gas."
Gave the appropriate hand-and-arm signal per unit SOP.
Closed mask carrier.
Donned the mask hood, if applicable.
Placed hands up under the protective hood, stretched elasticized portion and raised
protective hood up and over filters.
Carefully pulled excess protective hood material over head, neck and shoulders.
Grasped underarm straps.
Brought the male end of each underarm strap and fastened to female end.
Tightened underarm straps.
Put on the helmet and secured gear.
Continued the mission.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed
(P). Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed (F). If the
Soldier fails any performance measure, show him how to do it correctly.
Environment: Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to
do. It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert
to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you
will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting
people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to the current Environmental
Considerations manual and the current GTA Environmental- related Risk Assessment
card.
Safety: In a training environment, leaders must perform a risk assessment in
accordance with current Risk Management Doctrine. Leaders will complete the current
Deliberate Risk Assessment Worksheet in accordance with the TRADOC Safety Officer
during the planning and completion of each task and sub-task by assessing mission,
enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support available-time available and civil
considerations, (METT-TC).
Note: During MOPP training, leaders must ensure personnel are monitored for
potential heat injury. Local policies and procedures must be followed during times
of increased heat category in order to avoid heat related injury. Consider the MOPP
work/rest cycles and water replacement guidelines IAW current CBRN doctrine.
References:
Required: TM 3-11.32, TM 3-4240-542-13&P
Related:
031-COM-1007
React to Chemical or Biological (CB) Hazard/Attack
Foreign Disclosure: FD1 - This training product has been reviewed by the training
developers in coordination with the USACBRNS, Foreign disclosure representative and
MSCoE foreign disclosure officer. This training product can be used to instruct
international military students from all approved countries without restrictions.
Conditions: You are in an area in which a chemical or biological attack is
occurring. You are given your assigned protective mask and complete set of MOPP
Gear (JSLIST, Gloves, and Boots), individual equipment decontamination
kit, and Reactive Skin Decontamination Lotion (RSDL). You are wearing eye
protection, Army Combat Helmet (ACH), Improved Outer Tactical Vest (IOTV), and
Deltoid Auxiliary Protectors (DAPs). You are currently in MOPP Level 0.
Standards: React to a CB hazard/attack without becoming a casualty by: donning your
protective mask within 9 seconds, starting skin decontamination yourself within 1
minute of finding contamination, assuming MOPP 4 (after decontamination)Â and
decontaminating your individual equipment using the decontaminating kit as
necessary.
pecial Condition: None Special Standards: None Safety Risk: Low
Cue: None
Note: None
Protect yourself from CB contamination by using your assigned protective mask, IAW
common task 031-COM-1004, within 9 seconds.
Note: The mask provides protection against conventional warfare agents. The mask
provides little if any protection from toxic industrial materials (TIMs), but it
provides the best available protection to enable you to evacuate the hazard area.
You may be required to evacuate to a minimum safe distance of at least 300 meters
upwind from the contamination (if possible) or as directed by the commander.
Take cover (if possible) and conduct immediate skin decontamination, IAW common
task 031-COM-1006, within 1 minute.
Assume MOPP Level 4, IAW common task 031-COM-1005, within 8 minutes. Follow the
step below when wearing ACH, IOTV, or DAPs.
Remove the ACH and protective eye wear.
Loosen the DAPs.
Doff the IOTV by lifting the front flap and detach side plate carriers by
separating hook and loop fastener tape. Lift front carrier and detach internal
elastic bands at hook and loop interface. Open the medical access hook and pile
closure, loosen the left shoulder adjustment strap and slide vest off the right
shoulder.
Assume MOPP Level 4.
Don the IOTV over the right shoulder by tightening the left shoulder adjustment
strap and fastening the medical access hook and pile closure. Attach internal
elastic bands at hook and loop interface and close the front carrier. Attach side
plate carriers and close the front flap.
Secure the DAP.
Don the ACH.
Decontaminate your individual equipment using your individual equipment
decontamination kit, IAW common task 031-COM-1006.
(Asterisks indicates a leader performance step.)
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed
(P). Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed (F). If the
Soldier fails any performance measure, show him how to do it correctly.
Evaluation Preparation: Setup: A good time to evaluate this task is during a field
exercise when a variety of CB hazards can be simulated.
Select a site with adequate cover, and ensure that Soldiers have all items listed
in the task conditions.
Brief Soldier: Give the Soldier being tested the chemical attack alarm, “GAS, GAS,
GAS”.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: A good time to evaluate this task is during a field exercise when a variety
of CB hazards can be simulated. Select a site with adequate cover, and ensure that
Soldiers have their assigned protective mask.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier that there will be an encounter with simulated CB
agents and/or a CB alarm will be given
Performance Measures GO NO GO
Took cover (if possible) and conducted immediate skin decontamination, IAW common
task 031- COM-1006, within 1 minute.
Assumed MOPP Level 4, IAW common task 031- COM-1005, within 8 minutes. Followed the
step
Removed the ACH and Protective eyewear.
Loosened the DAPs.
Doffed the IOTV by lifting the front flap and detaching side plate carriers by
separating hook and loop fastener tape. Lifted front carrier and detached internal
elastic bands at hook and loop interface. Opened the medical access hook and pile
closure, loosened the left shoulder adjustment strap and slid vest off the right
shoulder.
Assumed MOPP Level 4.
Donned the IOTV over the right shoulder by tightening the left shoulder adjustment
strap and fastening the medical access hook and pile closure. Attached internal
elastic bands at hook and loop interface and closed the front carrier. Attached
side plate carriers and closed the front flap.
Secured the DAPs.
Donned the ACH.
below when wearing ACH, IOTV, or DAPs.
Decontaminated your individual equipment using your individual equipment
decontamination kit, IAW common task 031-COM-1006.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed
(P). Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed (F). If the
Soldier fails any performance measure, show him how to do it correctly.
References:
Required: ATP 3-11.32, TM 10-8415-220-10, TM 3-4230-235-10, TM 3- 4240-542-13&P.
Related:
Environment: Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to
do. It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert
to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you
will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting
people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to the current Environmental
Considerations manual and the current GTA Environmental-related Risk Assessment
card.
Safety: In a training environment, leaders must perform a risk assessment in
accordance with current Risk Management Doctrine. Leaders will complete the current
Deliberate Risk Assessment Worksheet in accordance with the TRADOC Safety Officer
during the planning and completion of each task and sub-task by assessing mission,
enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support available-time available and civil
considerations, (METT-TC).
Note: During MOPP training, leaders must ensure personnel are monitored for
potential heat injury. Local policies and procedures must be followed during times
of increased heat category in order to avoid heat related injury. Consider the MOPP
work/rest cycles and water replacement guidelines IAW current CBRN doctrine.
031-COM-1005
Protect Yourself from CBRN Injury/Contamination by Assuming MOPP Level 4
Foreign Disclosure: FD1 - This training product has been reviewed by the training
developers in coordination with the USACBRNS Foreign Disclosure (FD) representative
and MSCoE foreign disclosure officer. This training product can be used to instruct
international military students from all approved countries without restrictions.
Conditions: In a contaminated or potentially contaminated environment, given the
Joint-Service, Lightweight, Integrated Suit Technology (JSLIST),
your assigned protective mask, CBRN over boots, and CBRN protective gloves. You are
in MOPP level 0. This task is always performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Protect yourself from CBRN injury or contamination by assuming MOPP
level 1 thru 4 in sequence within eight minutes.
Special Condition: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4: Always
Special Equipment:
Cue: You learn a CBRN attack is imminent or must enter/cross an area where CBRN has
been used. You are directed to assume mission-orientedprotective posture (MOPP)
level 4.
Note: Complete Steps in sequence within eight minutes for a GO.
Assume MOPP Level 1 by donning the JSLIST over garments.
Note: Complete Steps in sequence within eight minutes for a GO.
Don the JSLIST over garment trousers.
Extend your toes downward, put one leg into the trousers, and pull them up. Repeat
the procedure for your other leg.
Close the slide fastener, and fasten the two fly opening snaps.
Pull the suspenders over your shoulders, and fasten the snap couplers.
Adjust the suspenders to ensure that the trousers fit comfortably.
Note: The trouser length can be adjusted by raising or lowering the suspenders.
Adjust the waistband hook-and-pile fasteners for a snug fit.
Don the JSLIST over garment coat.
Don the coat, and close the slide fastener up as far as your chest.
Secure the front closure hook-and-pile fasteners up as far as your
chest.
Pull the bottom of the coat down over the trousers.
Pull the loop out and away from the over garment coat, and bring it
forward between the legs.
Pull on the loop until the bottom of the coat fits snugly over the trousers.
Assume MOPP Level 2 by donning the over boots.
Don the over boots over the combat boots.
Adjust and secure the strap-and-buckle fasteners.
Pull the trouser legs over the over boots.
Secure the hook-and-pile fasteners on each ankle to fit snugly around the boot.
Assume MOPP Level 3 by donning chemical-protective mask IAW task
031-COM-1004.
Assume MOPP Level 4. Don the gloves..
Push the sleeve cuffs up your arm.
Put on the glove liners (inserts).
Put on the gloves (black rubber).
Pull the sleeve cuffs over the top of the gloves. (Asterisks indicates a leader
performance step.)
Evaluation Guidance: Read the action, condition, and standard to the Soldier.
Provide the Soldier with all items given in the Conditions Statement. Complete
Steps in sequence within eight minutes for a GO. Score the Soldier GO if all
performance measures are passed (P) in sequence. Score the Soldier NO GO if any
performance measure is failed (F) or out of sequence. If the Soldier scores NO GO,
show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
Evaluation Preparation: Gather all items in the conditions statement so that they
can be provided to the Soldier. Prepare scenarios and questions to ask the Soldier
in order to illicit a response that can be evaluated against the performance
measures.
Performance Measures GO NO GO
1 Assumed MOPP Level 1, donned the JSLIST over gaements.
Donned the JSLIST over garment trousers.
Extended their toes downward, put one leg into the trousers, and pulled them up.
Repeated the procedure for their other leg.
Closed the slide fastener, and fastened the two fly opening snaps.
Pulled the suspenders over their shoulders, and fastened the snap couplers.
Adjusted the suspenders to ensure that the trousers fit comfortably.
b. Donned the JSLIST over garment coat.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed
(P). Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed (F). If the
Soldier fails any performance measure, show him how to do it correctly.
References:
Required: TM 3-11.32, TM 10-8415-220-10
Related:
Environment: Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to
do. It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert
to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you
will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting
people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to the current Environmental
Considerations manual and the current GTA Environmental-related Risk Assessment
card.
Safety: In a training environment, leaders must perform a risk assessment in
accordance with current Risk Management Doctrine. Leaders will complete the current
Deliberate Risk Assessment Worksheet in accordance with the TRADOC Safety Officer
during the planning and completion of each task and sub-task by assessing mission,
enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support available-time available and civil
considerations, (METT-TC).
Note: During MOPP training, leaders must ensure personnel are monitored for
potential heat injury. Local policies and procedures must be followed during times
of increased heat category in order to avoid heat related injury. Consider the MOPP
work/rest cycles and water replacement guidelines IAW current CBRN doctrine.
031-COM-1009
Detect Chemical Agents Using M9 Detector Paper
Foreign Disclosure: FD3 - This training product has been reviewed by the developers
in coordination with the MSCoE Foreign Disclosure Officer foreign disclosure
officer. This training product cannot be used to instruct international military
students.
Conditions: You are in tactical environment or an area with suspected liquid
chemical contamination given a roll of M9 detector paper. Some iterations of this
task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Detect liquid chemical agents by attaching M9 detector paper to your
MOPP gear on the correct (according to  dominant hand) upper arm, wrist, and
ankle with 1 inch tabs’ Attach to equipment, with 1.5 inch tabs, in areas likely to
be contaminated within view of the operator IAW unit SOP.
Special Condition: None. Special Standards: None MOPP 4 : Sometimes
Cue: 1. you are required to initiate passive defensive measures prior to or after a
CBRN attack.
You are required to detect a potential liquid chemical agent.
Notes: Do not check M9 detector paper with colored light because you will not see
liquid chemical agent red spots.
Attach M9 detector paper to your MOPP gear.
Note: M9 detector paper will not detect chemical agent vapors. Paper band must not
be too tight because it will tear with movement. However, it must not be too loose
because it may slip down. If assistance is available, let your buddy tear off and
attach your detector paper to your MOPP gear.
If you are left handed, place a strip of M9 detector paper around your left upper
arm, right wrist, and left ankle with approximately 1 inch overlaps.
If you are right-handed, place a strip of M9 detector paper around your right upper
arm, left wrist, and right ankle with approximately 1 inch overlaps.
Note: These are the places where a moving Soldier will most likely brush against a
surface (such as undergrowth) that is contaminated with a liquid chemical agent.
Attach M9 paper to equipment.
Place M9 paper with 1.5 inch tab for easy removal where it will come into contact
with contaminated objects.
Place M9 paper where it will be visible to the operator.
Check for surface liquid agent contamination by taking a piece of M9 paper and
blotting the surface of equipment, ground, or vegetation around suspected area.
Monitor the M9 detector paper constantly for any color change.
Note: If pink, red, red-brown, red-purple, or any shade of red streaks or spots are
detected assume that you have been exposed to a liquid chemical agent. Blue,
yellow, green, gray, or black spots are not from a liquid chemical agent.
Use other types of chemical agent detectors kits (such as M8 paper or M256A2 kit)
to verify the test results.
Notify supervisor or the results.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the items listed in the task condition statement. Simulate an
unknown liquid chemical agent by using expedient training aids (such as brake
fluid, cleaning compound, gasoline, insect repellent, or antifreeze). Place drops
of the simulated agent on M9 detector paper to obtain a reading. For M8 detector
paper, place the simulated agent on non porous material (such as an entrenching
tool).
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier that he/she will be entering an area where chemical
agents have been used. Tell him/her to attach M9 detector paper to his/her MOPP
gear and equipment. Tell him/her that if you observe any acts that are unsafe or
that could produce a false reading you will stop the test and he/she will be scored
a NO GO.
Performance Measures GO NO GO
Attached M9 detector paper to Soldiers in MOPP gear.
Placed strip of M9 detector paper around your left upper arm, right wrist, and left
ankle if you wereleft-handed with approximately 1 inch overlaps.
Placed M9 detector paper around your right upper arm, left wrist, and right ankle
if you were righthanded with approximately 1 inch overlaps.
Attached M9 paper to equipment.
Placed M9 detector paper with 1.5 inch tab for easy removal where it would come in
contact withcontaminated objects.
Placed M9 detector paper where it will be seen by the operator.
Checked for surface liquid agent contamination by taking a piece of M9 paper and
blotting the surfaceof equipment, ground, or vegetation around suspected area.
Monitored the M9 detector paper constantly for any color change.
Used other types of chemical agent detectors kits (such as M8 paper or M256A2 kit)
to verify the test results.
Notified supervisor of the results.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed
(P). Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed (F). If the
Soldier fails any performance measure, show him how to do it correctly.
References:
Required: TM 3-6665-311-10
Related:
Environment: Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to
do. It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert
to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you
will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting
people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to the current Environmental
Considerations manual and the current GTA Environmental-related Risk Assessment
card. Environmental considerations and hazards (Noise, Air, Water, or Land
Pollution) associated with this training must be reviewed as published in the
required and related references before conducting demonstration and hands-on
training for this equipment. Follow procedures to dispose of waste materials per
local environmental restrictions.
Safety: In a training environment, leaders must perform a risk assessment in
accordance with current Risk Management Doctrine. Leaders will complete the current
Deliberate Risk Assessment Worksheet in accordance with the TRADOC Safety Officer
during the planning and completion of each task and sub-task by assessing mission,
enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support available-time available and civil
considerations, (METT-TC).
Note: During MOPP training, leaders must ensure personnel are monitored for
potential heat injury. Local policies and procedures must be followed during times
of increased heat category in order to avoid heat related injury. Consider the MOPP
work/rest cycles and water replacement guidelines IAW current CBRN doctrine.
031-COM-1008
Identify Liquid Chemical Agents using M8 Paper
Foreign Disclosure: FD3 - This training product has been reviewed by the developers
in coordination with the MSCoE Foreign Disclosure Officer foreign disclosure
officer. This training product cannot be used to instruct international military
students.
Conditions: You are in a tactical environment or an area with suspected liquid
chemical contamination, given a booklet of M8 detector paper. This
task is always performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Identify liquid chemical agents using M8 Paper by comparing any color
change on the M8 detector paper to the color chart on the inside front cover of the
booklet with 100% accuracy.
Special Conditions: None
Safety Risk: Low
MOPP 4: Always
Cue:
You are required to initiate passive CBRN defensive measures prior to or after a
CBRN attack.
You are required to detect a potential liquid chemical agent.
Notes: M8 detector paper reacts positively with petroleum products and ammonia.
When conducting agent test at night, remove any colored lens because it may provide
a false negative response.
Identify liquid chemical agents with M8 detector paper using the active method.
Remove a sheet of M8 paper from the book (use one-half sheet if it is perforated).
Note: You may want to put the paper on the end of a stick or another object and
then blot the paper on the suspected liquid agent.
Dip the paper into the suspected liquid agent or blot the suspected area to be
tested with the paper.
Note: Do not touch the liquid with protective glove.
Observe the M8 detector paper for a color change. Identify the contamination by
comparing any color change on the M8 detector paper to the color chart on the
inside front cover of the booklet.
A yellow-gold color indicates the presence of a nerve (G) agent.
A red-pink color indicates the presence of a blister (H) agent.
A dark green color indicates the presence of a nerve (V) agent.
Any other color or no color change indicates that the liquid cannot be identified
using M8 detector paper.
Identify liquid chemical agents with M8 detector paper using the passive method.
Remove a sheet of M8 paper from the booklet.
Secure the sheet to any object in an area which would most likely receive
contamination.
Periodically inspect the paper for color changes. Identify the contamination by
comparing any color change on the M8 detector paper to the color chart on the
inside front cover of the booklet.
Store the booklet of M8 detector paper in a manner which will prevent wetting.
Use other types of chemical-agent detector kits (such as the M256A2 Kit) to verify
the test results.
Notify your supervisor of the test results. (Asterisks indicates a leader
performance step.)
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed
(P). Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed (F). If the
Soldier scores NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it
correctly.
Evaluation Preparation: Provide the Soldier with the items listed in the task
condition statement. Evaluate this task during a field training exercise or a
situational training exercise.
Performance Measures GO NO GO
Identified liquid chemical agents with M8 detector paper using the active method.
Removed a sheet of M8 detector paper from the book.
Dipped the paper into the suspected liquid agent without touching the liquid with
protective glove.
Observed the M8 detector paper for a color change. Identified the contamination by
comparing any color change on the M8 detector paper to the color chart on the
inside front cover of the booklet.
Identified liquid chemical agents with M8 detector paper using the passive method.
Removed a sheet of M8 paper from the booklet.
Secured the sheet to an object in the area which would most likely receive
contamination.
Periodically inspected the paper for color changes. Identified the contamination by
comparing any color change on the M8 paper to the color chart on the inside front
cover of the booklet.
Stored the booklet of M8 detector paper.
Used other types of chemical-agent detector kits (such as the M256A2 kit) to verify
the test results.
Notified supervisor of the test results.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed
(P). Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed (F). If the
Soldier fails any performance measure, show him how to do it correctly.
Required:
Environment: Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to
do. It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert
to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you
will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting
people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to the current Environmental
Considerations manual and the current
GTA Environmental-related Risk Assessment card. Environmental considerations and
hazards (Noise, Air, Water, or Land Pollution) associated with this training must
be reviewed as published in the required and related references before conducting
demonstration and hands-on training for this
equipment. Follow procedures to dispose of waste materials per local environmental
restrictions.
Safety: In a training environment, leaders must perform a risk assessment in
accordance with current Risk Management Doctrine. Leaders will complete the current
Deliberate Risk Assessment Worksheet in accordance with the TRADOC Safety Officer
during the planning and completion of each task and sub-task by assessing mission,
enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support available-time available and civil
considerations, (METT-TC).
Note: During MOPP training, leaders must ensure personnel are monitored for
potential heat injury. Local policies and procedures must be followed during times
of increased heat category in order to avoid heat related injury. Consider the MOPP
work/rest cycles and water replacement guidelines IAW current CBRN doctrine.
Everyone is responsible for safety. A thorough risk assessment must be completed
prior to every mission or operation.
031-COM-1006
Decontaminate Yourself and Individual Equipment Using Chemical Decontaminating Kits
Foreign Disclosure: FD1 - This training product has been reviewed by the training
developers in coordination with the MSCoE foreign disclosure officer. This training
product can be used to instruct international military students from all approved
countries without restrictions.
Conditions: You are in a contaminated environment in MOPP Level 2. You are given a
chemical protective mask, chemical protective gloves, chemical protective
overboots, a full canteen of water, a poncho, load-bearing equipment (LBE) or load-
bearing vest, Interceptor Body Armor (IBA), the Improved Outer Tactical Vest
(IOTV), and M295 decontaminating kit and Reactive Skin Decontamination Lotion
(RSDL). This task is always performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Decontaminate yourself and your individual equipment using the chemical
decontaminating kits. Start the steps to decontaminate your skin and eyes within 1
minute after contamination. and finish within 2 minutes.
Decontaminate all individual equipment, in sequence, within 15 minutes after
decontaminating your skin..
Special Condition: None
Special Standards: None
Special Equipment:
Cue: Your skin and equipment have been exposed to chemical agents, or you have
passed through a chemically contaminated area and suspect that you have
contamination on your skin.
Don protective mask and hood. Do not pull the drawstrings. Do not fasten the
shoulder straps if your hood has them.
Note: For training purposes, use the Training RSDL.
Seek overhead cover or use a poncho for protection against further contamination.
Note: If contamination of the eyes is suspected, stop breathing, remove mask and
place in on an uncontained surface, if available. Flush eyes vigorously with water.
Quickly don, clear and seal the mask.
Decontaminate your hands, face, and the inside of your mask.
Remove one RSDL packet from your carrying pouch.
Safety: Avoid contact with eyes and wounds. If contact with eyes or wounds occurs,
rinse with water as soon as possible.
Tear it open quickly at any notch.
Remove the applicator pad from the packet, and save the packet as the remaining
lotion can be added to the applicator pad, if required.
Thoroughly scrub the exposed skin of your hand, palm, and fingers with the
applicator pad.
Note: The applicator pad can be used from either side and may gripped in any manner
allowing the applicator pad to be applied to the skin.
Switch the applicator pad to the other hand, and repeat the procedure.
Note: 1. Do not discard the applicator pad at this time.
If you were masked with your hood secured when you became contaminated, stop. Put
on your protective gloves, and proceed to step 4.
If you were not masked with the hood secured when you became contaminated, continue
decontaminating the exposed skin.
Stop breathing, close eyes, grasp mask beneath chin and pull mask away from chin
enough to allow one hand between the mask and your face.
Hold the mask in this position during steps (3g) through (3m).
Thoroughly scrub the exposed skin of your face with lotion from the applicator pad.
Thoroughly scrub across your forehead.
Beginning at one side, scrub up and down across your cheeks, nose, chin, and closed
mouth. Avoid ingesting.
Scrub under the chin from the ear along the jawbone to the other ear to coat your
skin with lotion.
Turn your hand over and scrub the inside surfaces of the mask that may touch your
skin. Be sure to include the drinking tube.
Keep the applicator.
Seal your mask immediately, clear it, and check it.
Use the applicator and any remaining lotion in the packet. Without breaking the
mask seal, scrub the applicator pad across the forehead, exposed scalp, the skin of
the neck, ears, and throat.
Secure the hood.
Thoroughly scrub your hands with lotion again as in steps (3d) through
(3e).
Assume MOPP Level 4 by putting on protective gloves.
Use any remaining lotion to spot decontaminate weapons, personal equipment, and
canteen cap that may have become contaminated.
Allow RSDL to remain on skin for at least 2 minutes to destroy the chemical agent.
Discard the used packet(s) and applicator pad(s) by leaving them in place. Note: Do
not put used packets in your pockets. Discard the carrying pouch after using the
packets.
Remove the decontaminating lotion with soap and water when operational conditions
permit, such as an "All Clear" directive or after detailed troop decontamination.
Note: Upon completion of training and evaluation, ensure that Soldiers have
adequate mask cleaning supplies and water to clean training RSDL off
of their protective mask.
Decontaminate your gloves, the exposed areas of your mask and hood, your weapon,
and your helmet using the first mitt of the M295 Decontaminating Kit.
Remove one decontamination packet from your pouch.
Tear the packet open at any notch.
Remove the decontamination mitt.
Discard the empty packet.
Unfold the decontamination mitt
Grasp the green (nonpad) side of the decontamination mitt with your nondominant
hand. Pat the other gloved hand with the decontamination mitt to start the flow of
decontamination powder onto your glove. Rub your glove with the decontamination
mitt until it is completely covered with decontaminating powder.
Insert the decontaminated, gloved hand inside the decontamination mitt.
Ensure that the pad side is in the palm of your hand and your thumb
sticks through the appropriate thumbhole. Securely tighten the wristband on the
gloved hand.
Decontaminate individual equipment by rubbing with the pad side of the
decontamination mitt until the equipment is thoroughly covered with decontamination
powder. Pay special attention to areas that are hard to reach (such as cracks,
crevices, and absorbent materials).
Decontaminate your other glove.
Decontaminate exposed areas of your mask and hood.
Decontaminate your weapon.
Decontaminate your helmet by patting it with the decontamination
mitt
Discard the decontamination mitt.
Decontaminate your LBE, IBA or IOTV and accessories, mask carrier,
overboots, and gloves again using the second mitt in the M295 Decontamination Kit.
Get another packet, and repeat steps (9a) through (9g). Then, perform the
following:
Decontaminate load-carrying equipment (LCE), IBA, IOTV and accessories (such as
canteen, ammo pouch, and first aid pouch).
Decontaminate your mask-carrying case.
Decontaminate your protective boots.
Repeat the decontamination process on your protective gloves.
Discard the decontamination mitt.
Get another packet and repeat steps (9a) through (9g). If liquid contamination is
still suspected or detected. Rub or blot areas where contamination is still
suspected or detected.
Remove the decontaminating powder when operational conditions permit.
Notify your supervisor on the location of the used decontaminating materials, and
await guidance on disposal procedures.
(Asterisks indicates a leader performance step.)
Evaluation Guidance: bsp; Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are
passed (P). Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed (F). If
the Soldier scores NO GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it
correctly.
Evaluation Preparation: bsp; Setup: Gather all items in the conditions statement so
that they can be provided to the Soldier. A good time to evaluate this task is
while in a field environment. Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier that their exposed
skin has been contaminated and they must decontaminate. Then tell them to
decontaminate their personal equipment.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the items listed in the task conditions statement.
A good time to evaluate this task is while in a field environment. Gather materials
for the disposal of hazardous waste according to federal, state, and local rules
and regulations.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what body parts and equipment are contaminated.
Performance Measures GO NO GO
Donned protective mask and hood. Did not pull the drawstrings. Did not fasten the
shoulder straps if hood had them.
Sought overhead cover or used a poncho for protection against further
contamination.
Decontaminated hands, face, and the inside of mask.
Removed one RSDL packet from carrying pouch.
Tore open quickly at notch.
Removed the applicator pad from the packet, and saved the packet.
Thoroughly scrubbed the exposed skin hand, palm, and fingers with the applicator
pad.
Switched the applicator pad to the other hand, and repeated the procedure.
Stopped breathing, closed eyes, grasped mask beneath chin and pulled mask away from
chinenough to allow one hand between the mask and face. Held the mask in this
position during steps (3g)through (3m).
Thoroughly scrubbed the exposed skin of the face with lotion from the applicator
pad.
Thoroughly scrubbed across the forehead.
Beginning at one side, scrubbed up and down across cheeks, nose, chin, and closed
mouth.
Scrubbed under the chin from the ear along the jawbone to the other ear coating
skin with lotion.
Turned hand over and scrubbed the inside surfaces of the mask that may touch skin.
Was sure tol. Kept the applicator.
Kept the applicator.
Sealed the mask immediately, cleared it, and checked it.
Used the applicator and any remaining lotion in the packet. Without breaking the
mask seal, scrubbed the applicator pad across
Performance Measures GO NO GO
the forehead, exposed scalp, skin of the neck, ears, and throat
Secured the hood.
Thoroughly scrubbed hands with lotion again as in steps (3d) through (3e).
Assumed MOPP Level 4 by putting on protective gloves. include the drinking tube.
Used any remaining lotion to spot decontaminate weapons, personal equipment, and
canteen cap thatmay have become contaminated.
Allowed RSDL to remain on skin for at least 2 minutes to destroy the chemical
agent.
Discarded the used packet(s) and applicator pad(s) by leaving them in place.
Removed the decontaminating lotion with soap and water when operational conditions
permitted, suchas an "All Clear" directive or after detailed troop decontamination.
Decontaminated gloves, the exposed areas of mask, hood, weapon, and helmet using
the first mitt ofthe M295 Decontaminating Kit.
Removed one decontamination packet from pouch.
Tore the packet open at the notch.c. Removed the decontamination mitt.d. Discarded
the empty packet.
Unfolded the decontamination mitt.
Grasped the green (nonpad) side of the decontamination mitt with nondominant hand.
Patted the otther gloved hand with the decontamination mitt to start the flow of
decontamination powder onto glove. Rubbed glove with the decontamination mitt until
it was completely covered with decontaminating powder.
Inserted the decontaminated, gloved hand inside the decontamination mitt. Ensured
that the padside is in the palm of hand and thumb stuck through the appropriate
thumbhole.
Performance Measures GO NO GO
Securely tightened thewristband on the gloved hand.
Decontaminated individual equipment by rubbing with the pad side of the
decontamination mitt until the equipment was thoroughly covered with
decontamination powder. Paid special attention to areas that are hard to reach
(such as cracks, crevices, and absorbent materials).
Decontaminated individual equipment by rubbing with the pad side of the
decontamination mitt until the equipment was thoroughly covered with
decontamination powder. Paid special attention to areas that are hard to reach
(such as cracks, crevices, and absorbent materials).
Decontaminated the other glove.
Decontaminated exposed areas of mask and hood.
Decontaminated weapon.
Decontaminated helmet by patting it with the decontamination mitt.
Discarded the decontamination mitt. Decontaminated LBE, IBA or IOTV and
accessories, mask carrier, overboots, and gloves again using the second mitt of the
M295 Decontaminating Kit.
a. Got another packet, and repeated steps (9a) through (9g). Then, performed the
following
Decontaminated load-carrying equipment (LCE), IBA, IOTV and accessories (such as
canteen, ammo pouch, and first aid pouch).
Decontaminated mask-carrying case.
Decontaminated protective boots.
Repeated the decontamination process on protective gloves.
Discarded the decontamination mitt.
Got another packet and repeated steps (9a) through (9g). If liquid contamination
was still suspected or detected. Rubbed or blotted
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed
(P). Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed (F). If the
Soldier fails any performance measure, show him how to do it correctly.
References:
Required TM 3-11.32, TM 10-8415-209-10, TM 10-8415-220-10, TM 3-4230-
229-10, TM 3-4230-235-10
Related: Biological, and Chemical (NBC) Protection.
031-COM-1001
React to Nuclear Hazard/Attack
Foreign Disclosure: FD1 - This training product has been reviewed by the training
developers in coordination with USACBRNS foreign disclosure (FD) representative and
MCCoE foreign disclosure officer. This training product can be used to instruct
international military students from all approved countries without restrictions.
Conditions: You are in an area where a nuclear weapons have been deployed. You are
given a protective mask, a brush or a broom, and shielding material. Some
iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standard: React to a nuclear attack by performing the steps in sequence without
becoming a casualty.
Special Condition: None Safety Level: Low MOPP: Sometimes
Cue: 1. You observe a bright flash, 2. There is an enormous explosion, high winds,
and a mushroom-shaped cloud forms, clearly indicating a nuclear attack, 3. Third-
party information, including current intelligence is received (for example,
terrorist warning or report of an incident at a nuclear facility by the Host
Nation), or 4. You receive instructions to respond to a nuclear attack.
Drop down immediately.
If in Open Area, drop facedown immediately with feet facing the blast. Note: This
will lessen the possibility of heat/blast injuries to the head, face, and neck.
If time, crawl to the closest available protection (i.e. A log, a large rock, or
any depression in the earth’s surface provides some protection).
If time, don IPE (individual protective equipment) according to the unit SOP.
If in a Shelter, lay face down on the floor near a wall, if time, don IPE
(individual protective equipment) according to the unit SOP.
If in a Foxhole, the best position is on the back with knees drawn up to the chest,
hands holding back of knees, if time, don IPE (individual protective equipment)
according to the unit SOP. Note: This position may seem vulnerable, but the arms
and legs are more radiation-resistant and will protect the head and trunk.
Close eyes and open mouth.
Note: This will equalize the blast pressure and help prevent organ damage.
If not in a foxhole position, protect exposed skin from heat by putting hands and
arms under or near the body. In any position keep the helmet on. Note: Doesn't
apply to foxhole position.
If in Open Area, use any available material to provide overhead cover after the
blast wave passes to avoid direct contact with radioactive fallout (rain gear,
poncho, tarps, or plastic).
Remain in position until the blast wave passes and debris stops falling.
Decontaminate Yourself.
Don protective mask or dust mask, if not already on.
Note: This ensures that personnel protect themselves from ingesting or inhaling the
radioactive particles.
Brush or shake debris off of clothing.
Lift off dry contamination with sticky tape if available.
Wash exposed skin with soap (detergent) and tepid water.
Note: This would be all skin that was exposed during the attack.
Check for casualties.
Seek shelter, if not already in a shelter/foxhole with overhead cover.
(Asterisks indicate a leader performance step.)
Evaluation Guidance: Read the action, condition, and standard to the Soldier.
Provide the Soldier with all items given in the Conditions
Statement. Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed (P) in
sequence. Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed (F) or out
of sequence. If the Soldier scores NO GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and
how to do it correctly.
Evaluation Preparation: Gather all items in the conditions statement so that they
can be provided to the Soldier. Prepare scenarios and questions to ask the Soldier
in order to illicit a response that can be evaluated against the performance
measures.
Performance Measures GO NO GO
Dropped down immediately.
Note : Donning protective mask first prevents Alpha particles from entering the
nose, mouth, throat, and lungs.
If in Open Area, dropped facedown immediately with feet facing the blast.
If time, crawled to the closest available protection (i.e. A log, a large rock, or
any depression in the earth’s surface provides some protection).
If time, donned IPE (individual protective equipment) according to the unit SOP.
If in a Shelter, laid face down on the floor near a wall, if time, donned IPE
(individual protective equipment) according to the unit SOP.
Performance Measures GO NO GO
If in a Foxhole, laid on back with knees drawn up to the chest, hands holding back
of knees, if time,
donned IPE (individual protective equipment) according to the unit SOP.
Closed eyes and opened mouth.
Note : This will equalize the blast pressure and help prevent organ damage.
In any position kept the helmet on.
4. If in Open Area, used any available material to provide overhead cover after the
blast wave passes to avoid direct contact with radioactive fallout (rain gear,
poncho, tarps, or plastic).
5.
Remained in position until the blast wave passed
and debris stopped falling.
Decontaminated your self.
Donned protective mask or dust mask, if not already on.
Brushed or shook debris off of clothing.
Lifted off dry contamination with sticky tape if available.
Washed exposed skin with hot soapy water. This would be all skin that was exposed
during the attack.
Checked for casualties.
Sought shelter, if not already in a shelter/foxhole with overhead cover.
References:
Required: ATP 3-11.32, ATP 4-25.13, ECBC-SP-036, TM 10-8415-220-10, TM 3-4240-542-
13&P
Related:
Environment: Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to
do. It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert
to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you
will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting
people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to the current Environmental
Considerations manual and the current
GTA Environmental-related Risk Assessment card.
Safety: In a training environment, leaders must perform a risk assessment in
accordance with current Risk Management Doctrine. Leaders will complete the current
Deliberate Risk Assessment Worksheet in accordance with the TRADOC Safety Officer
during the planning and completion of each task and sub-task by assessing mission,
enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support available-time available and civil
considerations, (METT-TC). Note: During MOPP training, leaders must ensure
personnel are monitored for potential heat injury. Local policies and procedures
must be followed during times of increased heat category in order to avoid heat
related injury. Consider the MOPP work/rest cycles and water replacement guidelines
IAW current CBRN doctrine.
Supporting tasks:
071-121-4066 Prepare an Armor/cavalry vehicle for Nuclear Attack
031-COM-1003
Mark CBRN-Contaminated Areas
Foreign Disclosure: FD1 - This training product has been reviewed by the training
developers in coordination with the USACBRNS Foreign Disclosure (FD) representative
and MSCoE foreign disclosure officer. This training product can be used to instruct
international military students from all approved countries without restrictions.
Conditions: You in an environment where CBRN weapons have been deployed. The
contamination has been located and identified in an area. You are given a M328
Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear (CBRN) marking kit, and appropriate
Individual Protective Equipment (IPE). This task.
Standards: Mark the CBRN-contaminated area with the appropriate sign according to
type of contamination and 100% of the required informationwritten on the sign.
Emplace a minimum of three markers at line of sight distances depending on terrain.
This task will be performed in mission-orientedprotective posture (MOPP) level 4 or
Level A suit depending on CBRN material used.
Special Condition: None
Special Standards: None
Special Equipment:
Cue: 1. CBRN material is detected, 2. Given a requirement to mark an area known to
be CBRN contaminated.
Remarks: MOPP 4 or appropriate level of protective equipment (Individual Protective
Equipment (IPE) or Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)), based on the type of toxic
material in the operational environment. If the type of toxic material in the
operational environment is unknown, then the appropriate level of protective
equipment should always be in Level A PPE.
Employ CBRN Markers (based on contamination type).
Employ the ATOM marker for Radiological or Nuclear contamination.
Place markers at the location where a dose rate of 1 centigray per hour (cGyph) or
more is measured.
Place markers so that the word "ATOM" faces away from the contamination at waist
height right-angled apex downward.
Print the following information clearly on the front of the markers: Note: case of
limited space on the front surface of the sign, as a minimum, the name/symbol of
the agent (if known) and/or the dose rate/concentration (if known) is to be written
on the front surface. Any other details may be written on the back surface.
Date-time group (DTG) (Local/Zulu (L/Z)) of reading. If the DTG is not known, print
"unknown".
Dose rate.
DTG (L/Z) of detonation/release, if known. If the DTG is not known, print
"unknown".
Employ the ATOM marker for Toxic Industrial Radiological (TIR). Note: In case of
limited space on the front surface of the sign, as a minimum, the name/symbol of
the agent (if known) and/or the dose rate/concentration (if known) is to be written
on the front surface. Any other details may be written on the back surface.
Place markers at the location where a dose rate of 2 micrograys per hour (μGyph) or
more is measured.
Place markers so that the word "ATOM" faces away from the contamination at waist
height right-angled apex downward.
Print the following information clearly on the front of the markers: Note: case of
limited space on the front surface of the sign, as a minimum, the name/symbol of
the agent (if known) and/or the doserate/concentration (if
known) is to be written on the front surface. Any other details may be written
on the back surface.
DTG (L/Z) of reading. If the DTG is not known, print "unknown".
Dose rate.
DTG (L/Z) of detonation/release, if known. If the DTG is not known, print
"unknown".
Employ the BIO marker for Biological Agent’s.
Place markers 200 meters before the location where contamination is detected.
Place markers so that the word "BIO" faces away from the contamination at waist
height right-angled apex downward.
Print the following information clearly on the front of the markers:
Name of agent/symbol, if known. If unknown, print "unknown".
Concentration levels, if known. If unknown, print "unknown".
DTG (L/Z) of detection. If the DTG is not known, print "unknown".
DTG (L/Z) of detonation/release. If the DTG is not known, print "unknown".
Employ the GAS marker for Persistent Chemical Agent’s.
Place markers 200 meters before the location where contamination is detected.
Place markers so that the word "GAS" faces away from the contamination at waist
height right-angled apex downward.
Print the following information clearly on the front of the markers:
Name of agent/symbol, if known. If unknown, print "unknown".
Concentration levels, if known. If unknown, print "unknown".
DTG (L/Z) of detection. If the DTG is not known, print "unknown".
DTG (L/Z) of detonation/release. If the DTG is not known, print "unknown".
Employ the TOXIC marker for Toxic Industrial Chemical (TIC) or Toxic Industrial
Biological (TIB).
Place markers 200 meters before the location where contamination is detected.
Place markers so that the word "TOXIC" faces away from the contamination at waist
height right-angled apex downward.
Print the following information clearly on the front of the markers:
Name of agent/symbol, if known. If unknown, print "unknown".
Concentration levels, if known. If unknown, print "unknown".
DTG (L/Z) of detection. If the DTG is not known, print "unknown".
DTG (L/Z) of detonation/release. If the DTG is not known, print "unknown".
Emplace two additional markers, at a minimum, using procedures from step 1
Place markers 10 to 100 meters apart, depending on terrain, ensuring all
markers are line-of-sight visible.
When marking a contaminated area in open terrain (that is, desert, plains, rolling
hills), raise the markers to a desired height that permits approaching military
forces to view the markers at distances up to 200 meters.. (Asterisks indicates a
leader performance step.)
Evaluation Guidance: Read the action, condition, and standard to the Soldier.
Provide the Soldier with all items given in the Conditions Statement. Score the
Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed (P) in sequence. Score the
Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed (F) or out of sequence. If the
Soldier scores NO GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it
correctly.
Evaluation Preparation: Gather all items in the conditions statement so that they
can be provided to the Soldier. Prepare scenarios and questions to ask the Soldier
in order to illicit a response that can be evaluated against the performance
measures.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the items listed in the task condition statement.
Use simulants to produce a contaminated environment for toxic and chemical or
biological agents. For radiological contamination, tell the Soldier the type and
amount of radiation present.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier that the test will consist of ensuring that NBC
markers are properly emplaced and that all required information is placed on the
markers.
Performance Measures GO NO GO
Placed markers so that the word "ATOM" faces away from the contamination at waist
height right- angled apex downward.
Printed the following information clearly on the front of the markers: Note: In
case of limited space on the front surface of the sign, as a minimum, the
name/symbol of the agent (if known) and/or the dose rate/concentration (if known)
is to be written on the front surface. Any other details may be written on the
back surface.
Date-time group (DTG) (Local/Zulu (L/Z)) of reading. If the DTG is not known, print
"unknown".
Dose rate.
DTG (L/Z) of detonation/release, if known. If the DTG is not known, print
"unknown".
b. Employed the ATOM marker for Toxic Industrial Radiological (TIR).
Placed markers at the location where a dose rate of 2 micrograys per hour (μGyph)
or more is measured.
Placed markers so that the word "ATOM" faces away from the contamination at waist
height right- angled apex downward.
Printed the following information clearly on the front of the markers: Note: In
case of limited space on the front surface of the sign, as a minimum, the
name/symbol of the agent (if known) and/or the dose rate/concentration (if known)
is to be written on the front surface. Any other details may be written on the
back surface.
DTG (L/Z) of reading. If the DTG is not known, print "unknown".
Performance Measures GO NO GO
front surface. Any other details may be written on the back surface.
Name of agent/symbol, if known. If unknown, print "unknown".
Concentration levels, if known. If unknown, print "unknown".
DTG (L/Z) of detection. If the DTG is not known, print "unknown".
DTG (L/Z) of detonation/release. If the DTG is not known, print "unknown".
2 Emplaced two additional markers, at a minimum, using procedures from step 1.
Placed markers 10 to 100 meters apart, depending on terrain, ensuring all markers
are line-of-sight visible.
When marking a contaminated area in open terrain (that is, desert, plains, rolling
hills), raised the markers to a desired height that permits approaching military
forces to view the markers at distances up to 200 meters.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed
(P). Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed (F). If the
Soldier fails any performance measure, show him how to do it correctly.
References:
Required: ATP 3-11.32, ATP 3-11.37, TM 3-9905-002-10
Related:
081-COM-1001
Evaluate a Casualty (Tactical Combat Casualty Care)
Conditions: While in a tactical area of operations, you encounter a combat
casualty. Your unit may be under fire.
Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP.
Standards: Evaluate the casualty following the correct sequence. Identify and treat
all life-threatening conditions and other serious wounds.
Special Condition: None
Special Standards: None
Safety Level: Low
MOPP 4: Sometimes
Special Equipment:
Cue: None
Note: All required references and technical manuals will be provided by the local
command
Performance Steps
WARNING
If a broken neck or back is suspected, do not move the casualty unless to save
his/her life.
Perform care under fire.
Return fire as directed or required before providing medical treatment.
Determine if the casualty is alive or dead.
Note: In combat, the most likely threat to the casualty’s life is from bleeding.
Attempts to check for airway and breathing will expose the rescuer to enemy fire.
Do not attempt to provide first aid if your own life is in imminent danger. In a
combat situation, if you find a casualty with no signs of life--no pulse, no
breathing--do NOT attempt to restore the airway. Do NOT continue first aid
measures.
Provide care to the live casualty. Direct the casualty to return fire, move
to cover, and administer self-aid (stop bleeding), if possible.
Note: Reducing or eliminating enemy fire may be more important to the casualty’s
survival than the treatment you can provide.
If the casualty is unable to move and you are unable to move the casualty to cover
and the casualty is still under direct enemy fire, have the casualty "play dead."
Cue: Enemy fire has been suppressed
In a battle-buddy team, approach the casualty (use smoke or other concealment if
available using the most direct route possible.
Administer life-saving hemorrhage control.
Determine the relative threat of enemy fire versus the risk of the casualty
bleeding to death.
If the casualty has severe, life-threatening bleeding from an extremity or has an
amputation of an extremity, administer life-saving hemorrhage control by applying a
tourniquet from the casualty's IFAK before moving the casualty. (See task 081-COM-
1032.)
Note: The only treatment that should be given at the point of injury is a
tourniquet to control life-threatening extremity bleeding.
Move the casualty, his weapon, and mission-essential equipment when the tactical
situation permits.
Recheck bleeding control measures (tourniquet) as soon as behind cover and not
under enemy fire.
Cue: You are now behind cover and are not under hostile fire.
Perform tactical field care.
Note: When evaluating and/or treating a casualty, seek medical aid as soon as
possible. Do NOT stop treatment. If the situation allows, send another person to
find medical aid.
Form a general impression of the casualty as you approach (extent of injuries,
chance of survival).
Note: If a casualty is being burned, take steps to remove the casualty from the
source of the burns before continuing evaluation and treatment. (See task 081- COM-
1007.)
Check for responsiveness.
Ask in a loud, but calm, voice: "Are you okay?" Gently shake or tap the casualty on
the shoulder.
Determine the level of consciousness by using AVPU: A = Alert; V
= responds to Voice; P = responds to Pain; U = Unresponsive.
Note: To check a casualty’s response to pain, rub the breastbone briskly with a
knuckle or squeeze the first or second toe over the toenail. If casualty is wearing
IBA, pinch his nose or his earlobe for responsiveness.
If the casualty is conscious, ask where his body feels different than usual, or
where it hurts.
Note: If the casualty is conscious but is choking and cannot talk, stop the
evaluation and begin treatment. (See task 081-COM-1003.)
Identify and control bleeding.
Check for bleeding.
Reassess any tourniquets placed during the care under fire phase
to ensure they are still effective.
Perform a blood sweep of the extremities, neck, axillary, inguinal and extremity
areas. Exposure is only necessary if bleeding is detected.
(1 Place your hands behind the casualty's neck and pass them upward toward the top
of the head. Note: whether there is blood or brain tissue on your hands from the
casualty's wounds.
(2 Place your hands behind the casualty's shoulders and pass them downward behind
the back, the thighs, and the legs. Note whether there is blood on your hands from
the casualty's wounds.
Note: If life-threatening bleeding is present, stop the evaluation and control the
bleeding. (See task 081- COM-1032).
Once bleeding has been controlled, continue to step 2d.
Position the casualty and open the airway. (See task 081-COM-1023.)
Assess for breathing and chest injuries.
Expose the chest and check for equal rise and fall and for any wounds.
Look, listen, and feel for respiration. (See task 081-COM-1023.) Note: If the
casualty is breathing, insert a nasopharyngeal airway (see task 081- COM-1023.) and
place the casualty in the recovery position.
Only in the case of non-traumatic injuries such as hypothermia, near drowning, or
electrocution should CPR be considered when in a tactical environment prior to the
CASEVAC phase.
If in a non-tactical environment, begin rescue breathing as necessary to restore
breathing and/or pulse (See tasks 081-COM-1023 and 081-COM- 0046.).
If the casualty has a penetrating chest wound and is breathing or attempting to
breathe, stop the evaluation to apply an occlusive dressing (See task 081-COM-
1026.).
Position or transport with the affected side down, if possible.
Check for an exit wound. If found, apply an occlusive dressing.
Dress all non-life threatening injuries and any bleeding that has not been
addressed earlier with appropriate dressings. (See task 081-COM-1032.)
Determine the need to evacuate the casualty and supply information for lines 3-5 of
the 9-Line MEDEVAC request to your tactical leader. (See task 081-COM-0101.)
Check the casualty for burns.
Look carefully for reddened, blistered, or charred skin. Also check for singed
clothes.
If burns are found, stop the evaluation and begin treatment. (See task 081-COM-
1007.)
Administer pain medications and antibiotics (the casualty's combat pill pack) if
available.
Note: Each Soldier will be issued a combat pill pack before deploying on tactical
missions.
Document the injuries and the treatment given on the casualty's own Tactical Combat
Casualty Care Card (found in IFAK), if applicable.
Note: The FMC is usually initiated by the combat medic. However, a certified
combat lifesaver can initiate the FMC if a combat medic is not available or if the
combat medic directs the combat lifesaver to initiate the card. A pad of FMCs is
part of the combat lifesaver medical equipment set.
Transport the casualty to the evacuation site. (See task 081-COM-1046.)
Monitor the patient for shock and treat as appropriate. (See task 081- COM-1005.)
Continually reassess casualty until a medical person arrives or the patient arrives
at a military treatment facility (MTF).
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Prepare a "casualty" for the Soldier to evaluate in step 2 by simulating one
or more wounds or conditions. Simulate the wounds using a war wounds moulage set,
casualty simulation kit, or other available materials. You can coach a "conscious
casualty" on how to respond to the Soldier's questions about location of pain or
other symptoms of injury. However, you will have to cue the Soldier during
evaluation of an "unconscious casualty" as to whether the casualty is breathing and
describe the signs or conditions, as the Soldier is making the checks.
Evaluation Guidance: Tell the Soldier to do, in order, all necessary steps of
Tactical Combat Casualty Care and treat all wounds and/or conditions identified
appropriately. Tell the Soldier that he/she will not perform first aid but will
tell you what first aid action (give mouth-to-mouth resuscitation, bandage the
wound, and so forth) he/she would take. After he/she has completed the checks ask
him/her what else should be done. To test step 8, ask the Soldier what should be?
While evacuating an unconscious casualty. Tell the Soldier to do, in order, all
necessary steps of Tactical Combat Casualty Care and treat all wounds and/or
conditions identified appropriately. Tell the Soldier that he/she will not perform
first aid but will tell you what first aid action (give mouth-to-mouth
resuscitation, bandage the wound, and so forth) he/she would take. After he/she has
completed the checks ask him/her what else should be done. To test step 8, ask the
Soldier what should he be doing while evacuating an unconscious casualty.
References: Required: Related:
081-COM-1005
Perform First Aid to Prevent or Control Shock
Conditions: You have a casualty that is displaying one or more symptoms of shock.
You have a field jacket or a poncho. The casualty is breathing and there is no
uncontrolled bleeding. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Apply measures to prevent or treat shock without causing further injury
to the casualty.
Special Condition: None Special Standards: None Special Equipment: None
Safety Risk: Low
MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: None
Note:
Check the casualty for signs and symptoms of shock.
Sweaty but cool skin.
Pale skin.
Restlessness or nervousness.
Thirst.
Severe bleeding.
Confusion.
Rapid breathing.
Blotchy blue skin.
Nausea and/or vomiting.
Position the casualty.
Move the casualty under a permanent or improvised shelter to shade him from direct
sunlight.
Lay the casualty on his back unless a sitting position will allow the casualty to
breathe easier.
Elevate the casualty's feet higher than the heart using a stable object so the feet
will not fall.
Loosen clothing at the neck, waist, or anywhere it is binding.
Prevent the casualty from getting chilled or overheated. Using a blanket or
clothing, cover the casualty to avoid loss of body heat by wrapping completely
around the casualty.
Note: Ensure no part of the casualty is touching the ground, as this increases loss
of body heat.
Calm and reassure the casualty.
Take charge and show self-confidence.
Assure the casualty that he/she is being taken care of.
Watch the casualty closely for life-threatening conditions and check for other
injuries, if necessary. Seek medical aid.
Seek medical aid.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: For training and evaluation, use another Soldier to simulate a patient in
shock.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier to treat the casualty to prevent or control shock.
Evaluation Guidance: Score each Soldier according to the performance measures.
Unless otherwise stated in the task summary, the Soldier must pass all performance
measures to be scored GO. If the Soldier fails any steps, show the Soldier what was
done wrong and how to do the task correctly.
Environment: Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to
do. It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert
to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you
will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting
people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to ATP 3-34.5 Environmental
Considerations and GTA 05-08-002 ENVIRONMENTAL- RELATED RISK
ASSESSMENT. Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to do.
It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert to
ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you will
contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting people
and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to ATP 3-34.5 Environmental
Considerations and GTA 05-08-002 ENVIRONMENTAL- RELATED RISK
ASSESSMENT.
Safety: In a training environment, leaders must perform a risk assessment in
accordance with ATP 5-19, Risk Management. Leaders will complete a DD Form 2977
DELIBERATE RISK ASSESSMENT WORKSHEET during the
planning and completion of each task and sub-task by assessing mission, enemy,
terrain and weather, troops and support available-time available and civil
considerations, (METT-TC). Note: During MOPP training, leaders must ensure
personnel are monitored for potential heat injury. Local policies and procedures
must be followed during times of increased heat category in order to avoid heat
related injury. Consider the MOPP work/rest cycles and water replacement guidelines
IAW TM 3-11.32 Multi-Service Reference for Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and
Nuclear Warning and Reporting and Hazard Prediction Procedures.
References: Required: Related: TC 4-02.1
081-COM-1023
Perform First Aid to Open the Airway
Conditions: While performing tactical field care. You see an adult casualty with
difficulty breathing. You are not in a chemical environment. You will need a
Nasopharyngeal airway (NPA). This task should not be trained in MOPP 4.
Standards: Open the casualty's airway using the head-tilt-chin-lift or the jaw
thrust maneuver without causing further injury while observing of the rise and fall
of the casualty's chest.
Special Condition: None
Safety Risk: Low Special Equipment: MOPP 4: Never
Notes: The proponent for this task is 68W Health Care Specialist.
Position the casualty onto his back, arms down, face up, on a flat hard surface.
Kneel beside the casualty
Raise the arm nearest you and straighten it above the casualties head.
Position the legs so that they are together and straight
Support the back of the head and neck with the hand nearest them.
Grasp the casualty under the far arm with the free hand
Pull steadily and evenly toward yourself, keeping the head and neck in
line with the torso.
Roll the casualty as a single unit.
Place the casualty's arms at their side.
Cue: Casualty is unconscious, does not appear to be breathing, and is lying on his
or her back.
Open the airway.
Note: If foreign material or vomit is in the mouth, remove it as quickly as
possible.
Head-tilt/chin-lift method.
Kneel beside the casualty's head and shoulders.
Place the palm of one hand on the casualty's forehead and the index and middle
fingers of the other hand on the bony part of the jaw below the chin.
Tilt the casualty's head backward gently.
Note: Do NOT use the thumb to lift.
Note: Do NOT completely close the casualty's mouth.
Release pressure on the chin to allow the mouth to open slightly once the head is
tilted backward.
Cue: Use this method if a spinal or neck injury is suspected.
Jaw-Thrust Method
Note: If you are unable to maintain an airway after the second attempt, use the
head-tilt/chin-lift method.
Kneel above the casualty's head (looking toward the casualty's
feet).
Rest your elbows on the ground or floor.
Place on hand on each side of the casualty's lower jaw at the angle
of the jaw, below the ears.
Use the index and middle fingers to push the angles of the casualty's lower jaw
forward.
Note: If the casualty's lips are still closed after the jaw has been moved forward,
use your thumbs to retract the lower lip and allow air to enter the casualty's
mouth.
Check for breathing.
While maintaining the open airway position, place an ear over the casualty's mouth
and nose, looking toward the chest and stomach.
Look for the chest to rise and fall.
Listen for air escaping during exhalation.
Feel for the flow of air on the side of your face.
Count the number of respirations for 15 seconds, multiply that number by 4 to get
the rate of breaths per minute.
If the casualty is unconscious, if respiratory rate is less than 2 in 15 seconds,
and/or if the casualty is making snoring or gurgling sounds, insert an NPA.
Keep the casualty in a face-up position.
Lubricate the tube of the NPA with water.
Push the tip of the casualty's nose upward gently.
Position the tube of the NPA so that the bevel (pointed end) of the NPA faces
toward the septum (the partition inside the nose that separates the nostrils).
Insert the NPA into the nostril and advance it until the flange rests against the
nostril.
Place casualty in the recovery position, if breathing normally (12-20 breaths per
minute).
Note: Place the person’s arm that is nearest you at a right angle to their body, so
it is bent at the elbow with the hand pointing upwards. Gently pick up their other
hand with your palm against theirs (palm to palm). Now place the back of their hand
onto their opposite cheek (for example, against their left cheek if it is
their right hand). Keep your hand there to guide and support their head as you
roll them. Use your other arm to reach across to the person’s knee that is furthest
from you, and pull it up so that their leg is bent and their foot is flat on the
floor. Gently pull their knee towards you so they roll over onto their side, facing
you. Their body weight should help them to roll over quite easily. Move the bent
leg that is nearest to you, in front of their body so that it is resting on the
floor. This position will help to balance them. Gently raise their chin to tilt
their head back slightly, as this will open up their airway and help them to
breathe.
FIGURE 081-COM-1023-1
Seek medical assistance, if casualty is not breathing.
Evaluation Guidance: Score each Soldier according to the performance measures in
the evaluation guide. Unless otherwise stated in the task summary, the Soldier must
pass all performance measures to be scored GO. If the Soldier fails any step, show
what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
Evaluation Preparation: You must evaluate the students on their performance of this
task in a field condition related to the actual task.
Environment: Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to
do. It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert
to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you
will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting
people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to the current Environmental
Considerations manual and the current GTA Environmental- related Risk Assessment
card.
Safety: In a training environment, leaders must perform a risk assessment in
accordance with risk management doctrine.
References: Required: Related: TC 4-02.1
081-COM-1054
Apply an Emergency Bandage
Conditions: While in a Tactical Field Care phase, you have a combat casualty with a
gunshot wound to an extremity, radial pulses present, and no altered mental status.
Bleeding is not sever enough to warrant a Combat Application tourniquet (CAT) and
requires an Emergency Bandage. This task should not be trained in MOPP 4.
Standards: Control bleeding by applying an Emergency Bandage in 3 minutes or less.
Special Condition: None Safety Level: Low MOPP: Never
Tame body substance isolation
Expose the wound.
Pack the wound with gauze. Gauze should extend 1-2 inches above the skin.
Note: You must verbalize holding pressure for a minimum of 3 minutes. You can pack
the wound with Combat Gauze or Kerlix.
Place white portion of the dressing down covering all of the wound.
Wrap the elastic portion of the bandage around the extremity.
Insert elastic wrap into the pressure bar.
Pull bandage in opposite direction apply pressure with the pressure bar over the
wound.
Continue to wrap the wound tightly ensuring all edges of the wound pad are covered.
Secure the closure bar to the bandage.
Monitor for continued bleeding.
. If bleeding is controlled then secure the bandage with tape.
If bleeding reoccurs then apply a CAT tourniquet until bleeding stops, the distal
pulse is absent and secure with tape.
(Asterisks indicates a leader performance step.)
Evaluation Guidance: Must complete steps 3 to 10 in 4 minutes.
Score each Soldier according to the performance measures in the evaluation guide.
Unless otherwise stated in the task summary, the Soldier must pass all performance
measures to be scored GO. If the Soldier fails any step, show what
was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
Evaluation Preparation: You must evaluate the students on their performance of this
task in a field condition related to the actual task.
Performance Measures GO NO GO
Expose the wound.
Pack the wound with gauze. Gauze should extend 1-2 inches above the skin.
Place white portion of the dressing down covering all of the wound.
Wrap the elastic portion of the bandage around the extremity.
Insert elastic wrap into the pressure bar.
Pull bandage in opposite direction apply pressure with the pressure bar over the
wound.
Continue to wrap the wound tightly ensuring all edges of the wound pad are covered.
Continue to wrap the wound tightly ensuring all edges of the wound pad are covered.
10
Secure the closure bar to the bandage, Monitor for continued bleeding.
11 If bleeding is controlled then secure the bandage w
--------
---------
-------
-------
If bleeding reoccurs then apply a CAT tourniquet until bleeding stops, the distal
pulse is absent and secure with tape
References: DD Form 1380 Tactical Combat Casualty Care (TCCC) Card Required:
Environment: Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to
do. It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be
alert to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so,
you will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting
people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to the current Environmental
Considerations manual and the current GTA Environmental-related Risk Assessment
card.
Safety: In a training environment, leaders must perform a risk assessment in
accordance with current Risk Management Doctrine. Leaders will complete the current
Deliberate Risk Assessment Worksheet in accordance with the TRADOC Safety Officer
during the planning and completion of each task and sub-task by assessing mission,
enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support available-time available and civil
considerations, (METT-TC). Note: During MOPP training, leaders must ensure
personnel are monitored for potential heat injury. Local policies and procedures
must be followed during times of increased heat category in order to avoid heat
related injury. Consider the MOPP work/rest cycles and water replacement guidelines
IAW current CBRN doctrine.
081-COM-0099
Apply a Hemostatic Dressing
Conditions: While in the Tactical Field Care phase, you encounter a casualty who is
bleeding externally. The wound is either not amenable to a tourniquet or a
tourniquet is in place and alternate means of hemorrhage control are necessary.
This task should not be trained in MOPP 4.
Standards: Apply a hemostatic dressing to control bleeding without causing further
harm the casualty IAW Tactical Combat Casualty Care (TCCC).
Special Conditions: None
Safety Risk: Low
MOPP 4: Never
Remarks: For compressible (external) hemorrhage not amenable to limb tourniquet use
or as an adjunct to tourniquet removal, use Combat Gauze as the CoTCCC hemostatic
dressing of choice. Alternative hemostatic adjuncts: Celox Gauze, ChitoGauze, or
XStat (Best for deep, narrow-tract junctional wounds).
Notes: For non-APD references contact your training NCO and or check with the MOS
library.
Don Body Substance Isolation (BSI).
Remove all clothing or equipment to obtain access to the wound.
Identify the point of bleeding within the wound.
Remove any pooled blood from the wound cavity with your hand or a wad of cotton
gauze.
Locate the bleeding vessel(s).
Pack Combat Gauze directly over the source of bleeding.
Pack the wound with the entire dressing. More than one Combat Gauze may be
required.
Apply direct pressure for 3 minutes.
Periodically check the dressing to ensure proper placement and bleeding control.
If the bandage becomes completely soaked through and there is still active
bleeding, pack a second Combat Gauze into the wound.
Bandage wound to secure the dressing in place.
If the wound cavity is deep, apply cotton gauze (either wad or rolled) over the
dressing.
Secure dressing in place with either an emergency bandage or an elastic bandage
(See task # 081-000-0110).
Secure the bandage in place with tape.
Record Treatment on a Tactical Combat Casualty Care (TCCC) Card (DD Form 1380). See
task # 081-000-0013.
Request Medical Evacuation (see task # 081-000-0120). (Asterisks indicates a leader
performance step.)
Evaluation Guidance: Score each Soldier according to the performance measures in
the evaluation guide. Unless otherwise stated in the task summary, the Soldier must
pass all performance measures to be scored GO. If the Soldier fails any step, show
what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
Evaluation Preparation: You must evaluate the students on their performance of this
task in a field condition related to the actual task.
References: DD Form 1380 Tactical Combat Casualty (TCCC) Card; ISBN 9781284041750;
TCCC
Required:
Environment: Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to
do. It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert
to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you
will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting
people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to the current Environmental
Considerations manual and the current GTA Environmental-related Risk Assessment
card.
Safety: In a training environment, leaders must perform a risk assessment in
accordance with current Risk Management Doctrine. Leaders will complete the current
Deliberate Risk Assessment Worksheet in accordance with the TRADOC Safety Officer
during the planning and completion of each task and sub-task by assessing mission,
enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support available-time available and civil
considerations, (METT-TC). Note: During MOPP training, leaders must ensure
personnel are monitored for potential heat injury. Local policies and procedures
must be followed during times of increased heat category
in order to avoid heat related injury. Consider the MOPP work/rest cycles and water
replacement guidelines IAW current CBRN doctrine.
Prerequisite Individual Tasks : None Supporting Individual Tasks : None
Supported Individual Tasks : None Supported Collective Tasks : None
081-COM-0069
Apply an Occlusive Dressing
Conditions: While in the Tactical Field Care phase, you encounter a casualty with
an open chest wound. This task should not be trained in MOPP 4
Standards: Apply an Occlusive Dressing in 3 min or less.
Special Conditions: None
Safety Risk: Low
MOPP 4: Never
Remarks: None
Notes: For non-APD references contact your training NCO and or check with the MOS
library.
Take body substance isolation.
Expose and assess injury.
Note: Remove enough clothing to obtain access to the injury.
Upon full expiration, cover the wound with large, occlusive material dressing.
(Cover the first wound encountered).
Log roll the casualty or have the conscious casualty sit up and examine the back
for an exit wound.
If present, cover the exit wound on expiration with a large, occlusive dressing.
Note: Ensure material extends 2” beyond the edge of the wound. If improvised seal
is used, tape four sides of occlusive dressing down.
Place casualty in sitting position or injured side down in the recovery position.
Verbalize continued assessment of casualty for signs of progressive respiratory
distress.
(Asterisks indicates a leader performance step.)
Evaluation Guidance: Score each Soldier according to the performance measures in
the evaluation guide. Unless otherwise stated in the task summary, the Soldier must
pass all performance measures to be scored GO. If the Soldier fails any step, show
what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
Evaluation Preparation: You must evaluate the students on their performance of this
task in a field condition related to the actual task.
References: ISBN 9781284041750 Required:
Environment: Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to
do. It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert
to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you
will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting
people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to the current Environmental
Considerations manual and the current GTA Environmental- related Risk Assessment
card.
Safety: In a training environment, leaders must perform a risk assessment in
accordance with current Risk Management Doctrine. Leaders will complete the current
Deliberate Risk Assessment Worksheet in accordance with the TRADOC Safety Officer
during the planning and completion of each task and sub-task by assessing mission,
enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support available-time available and civil
considerations, (METT-TC). Note: During MOPP training, leaders must ensure
personnel are monitored for potential heat injury. Local policies and procedures
must be followed during times of increased heat category in order to avoid heat
related injury. Consider the MOPP work/rest cycles and water replacement guidelines
IAW current CBRN doctrine.
081-COM-0048
Apply a Combat Application Tourniquet (CAT)
Conditions: While in the Tactical Field Care phase, you encounter a casualty with
life-threatening bleeding from an extremity. This task should not be trained in
MOPP 4.
Standards: Apply a Combat Application Tourniquet in 60 seconds or less.
Special Conditions: None
Safety Risk: Low
MOPP 4: Never
Remarks: None
Notes: For non-APD references contact your training NCO and or check with the MOS
library.
Figure 081-COM-0048-1
Picture showing the difference between the GEN 6 and GEN 7 CAT
Take body substance isolation.
Expose, assess, and check for an exit wound.
Route the band around the limb above the wound on the injured extremity.
Pass the red tip through the inside slit in the buckle, position the CAT 2-3 inches
above the wound, and directly on the skin.
Pull the band as tight as possible and secure the Velcro back on itself all the way
around the limb, but not over the rod clips.
Note: Band should be tight enough that three finger tips cannot be slid between the
band and the limb. If the tips of three fingers slide under the band, retighten and
re-secure. This is the most important step.
Twist the windlass until the bleeding stops. (Should occur within 3 rotations of
the windlass)
Cue: If the CAT was applied correctly the evaluator will state: "hemorrhage has
been controlled". If the CAT was NOT applied correctly the evaluator will state:
"hemorrhage HAS NOT been controlled".
Secure the windlass rod inside the windlass clip to lock it into place.
Check for distal pulse.
Note: If distal pulse is present; 1. Attempt additional tightening 2. If distal
pulse is still present, apply a second CAT above and side by side with the first
one.
If possible continue to route the self-adhering band between the windlass clips and
over the windlass rod. Secure the rod and band with the windlass strap.
Place a "T" and the time of the application on the casualty.
Secure the CAT in place with tape.
Record the treatment on a DD Form 1380 Tactical Combat Casualty Care (TCCC) Card.
(Asterisks indicates a leader performance step.)
Evaluation Guidance: Score each Soldier according to the performance measures in
the evaluation guide. Unless otherwise stated in the task summary, the Soldier must
pass all performance measures to be scored GO. If the Soldier fails any step, show
what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
Evaluation Preparation: You must evaluate the students on their performance of
this task in a field condition related to the actual task.
References: DD FORM 1380 Tactical Combat Casualty Care (TCCC) Card; ISBN
9781284041750
Required:
Environment: Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to
do. It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert
to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you
will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting
people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to the current Environmental
Considerations manual and the current GTA Environmental-related Risk Assessment
card.
081-COM-0055
Apply a FOX Eye Shield
Conditions: While in the Tactical Field Care (TFC) phase, you encounter a casualty
with an ocular injury. A visual acuity exam has been performed. This task should
not be trained in MOPP 4.
Standards: Apply a Fox Eye Shield, without causing further injury IAW Tactical
Combat Casualty Care (TCCC).
Special Conditions: None
Safety Risk: Low
MOPP 4: Never
Position the casualty with head supported.
Ask the casualty to close both eyes.
Place the Fox eye shield over the injured eye.
Note: The Fox eye shield is designed to rest on the bony support of the face
arching over the ocular structures.
Firmly secure the Fox eye shield with one or more strips of tape to the casualty's
cheek and forehead.
Note: In the absence of a Fox eye shield other objects such as: Sam splint,
Styrofoam or specimen cups can effectively perform the same function
Administer the 400 mg Moxifloxacin tablet(s) from the casualty's combat pill pack.
Note: Moxifloxacin is the antibiotic found in the casualty's combat pill pack, it
should only be administered to a casualty that is conscious and able to swallow.
Document treatment and medication administered to the casualty on the DD Form 1380
Tactical Combat Casualty Care (TCCC) Card.
Note: The DD Form 1380 Tactical Combat Casualty Care (TCCC) Card, must be
transported with the casualty to the next echelon to ensure continuity of care.
(Asterisks indicates a leader performance step.)
Evaluation Guidance: Score each Soldier according to the performance measures in
the evaluation guide. Unless otherwise stated in the task summary, the Soldier must
pass all performance measures to be scored GO. If the Soldier fails any step, show
what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
Evaluation Preparation: You must evaluate the students on their performance of this
task in a field condition related to the actual task.
TADSS: None
081-COM-0013
Initiate a DD Form 1380 Tactical Combat Casualty Care (TCCC) Card
Conditions: You are in a tactical combat environment. You have a casualty that has
been medically treated and you must record the information on a Department of
Defense (DD) Form 1380 Tactical Combat Casualty (TCCC) Card. You will need a DD
Form 1380 and a pen. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Initiate the DD Form 1380 in accordance with Army Regulation (AR) 40-66,
Medical Record Administration and Health Care Documentation.
Special Conditions: None
Safety Risk: Low
MOPP 4: So met i mes
Remarks: None
Notes: For non-APD references contact your training NCO and or check with the MOS
library.
Remove DD Form 1380 from the casualty’s improved first aid kit.
Complete all entries as fully as possible
Note: As the DD Form 1380 is the first, and sometimes only, record of treatment of
combat casualties, accuracy and thoroughness of information provided is of the
utmost importance.
Front of DD Form 1380.
Battle Roster # - Write first letter of casualty’s first name, then first letter of
casualty’s last name, then write the last four numbers of casualty’s Social
Security number. For example, John Doe 123-12-1234 is Battle Roster # “JD1234”.
Evacuation (EVAC) - Mark an “X” on the casualty’s evacuation priority/precedence
(Urgent; Priority; or Routine).
Name - Write casualty’s name (Last, First).
Last 4 - Write last four numbers of casualty’s Social Security number.
Gender - Mark an “X” on the casualty’s gender Male (M) or Female (F).
Last 4 - Write last four numbers of casualty’s Social Security number.
Gender - Mark an “X” on the casualty’s gender Male (M) or Female (F).
Date - Write date of injury in DD-MMM-YY format. For example, “29-JUN-13”.
Time - Write 24 hour time of injury, and indicate whether local
(L) or zulu (Z) time. For example, “1300Z”.
Service - Write casualty’s branch of service (USA, USAF, USCG, USN, USMC). For U.S.
civilians, write “US CIV”. For non-U.S. personnel, write “NON US or a standard
abbreviation for casualty’s nationality.
Unit - Write casualty’s unit name
Allergies - Write casualty’s known drug allergies. If no drug
allergies, write no known drug allergies (NKDA).
Mechanism of Injury - Mark an “X” on the mechanism or cause of injury (artillery,
blunt, burn, fall, grenade, gunshot wound (GSW), improvised explosive device (IED),
landmine, motor vehicle crash/collision (MVC), rocket-propelled grenade (RPG),
other (specify)). Mark all that apply.
Injury - Mark an “X” at the site of the injury(ies) on the body picture. For burn
injuries, circle the burn percentage(s) on the figure. If multiple mechanisms of
injury and multiple injuries, draw a line between the mechanism of injury and the
anatomical site of the injury.
TQ: R Arm (tourniquet, right arm) - If a tourniquet is applied to the right arm,
write type of tourniquet used and the time of tourniquet application.
TQ: L Arm (tourniquet, left arm) - If a tourniquet is applied to the left arm,
write type of tourniquet used and the time of tourniquet application.
TQ: R Leg (tourniquet, right leg) - If a tourniquet is applied to the right leg,
write type of tourniquet used and the time of tourniquet application.
TQ: L Leg (tourniquet, left leg) - If a tourniquet is applied to the left leg,
write type of tourniquet used and the time of tourniquet application.
Time - Write time of vital signs taken.
Pulse (rate & location)- Write casualty's pulse rate.
Blood Pressure - Write casualty's blood pressure
Respiratory Rate - Write casualty's respiratory rate.
Pulse Ox % O2 Sat - Write casualty's pulse Ox% and O2 saturation.
AVPU - Write casualty's level of consciousness (AVPU: Alert, responds to Verbal
stimulus, responds to Pain stimulus, Unresponsive).
Pain Scale (0-10) - Write casualty's level of pain in numeric rating scale of 0 to
10, with 0 being no pain and 10 being the worst pain.
Back of Card.
Battle Roster # - Write first letter of casualty’s first name, then first letter of
casualty’s last name, and then write the last four numbers of casualty’s Social
Security number. For example, John Doe 123-12-1234 is Battle Roster # “JD1234”.
Evacuation (EVAC) - Mark an “X” on the casualty’s evacuation priority/precedence
(Urgent; Priority; or Routine).
C - Mark an “X” for all Circulation hemorrhage control interventions. For
tourniquets (TQ), mark category (Extremity, Junctional and/or Truncal) and write
name of TQ(s) used. For dressings, mark category (Hemostatic, Pressure, and/or
Other) and write type of dressing(s) used.
A - Mark an “X” for all Airway interventions (Intact, nasopharyngeal airway (NPA),
cricothyroidotomy (CRIC), endotracheal(ET)tube , supraglottic airway (SGA) and
write type of device(s) used.
B - Mark an “X” for all Breathing interventions oxygen (O2),
needle decompression (Needle-D), Chest-Tube, (Chest-Seal) and write type of
device(s) used.
C: Fluid - Circulation resuscitation interventions. Write name, volume, route, and
time of any fluids given.
C: Blood Product - Circulation resuscitation interventions. Write name, volume,
route, and time of any blood products given.
Note: When more space is needed for documentation, attach another DD Form 1380 to
the original by safety pin or other means. The second form will be labeled DD Form
1380 #2 and will show the Soldier’s name and unit.
Meds: Analgesic Medications - Write name, dose, route, and time of any analgesics
given.
Meds: Antibiotic Medications - Write name, dose, route, and time of any antibiotics
given.
Meds: Other - Medications. Write name, dose, route, and time of any other
administered medications.
Other - Mark an “X” for other treatments administered (combat pill pack, eye shield
(mark right (R) or left (L)), splint, hypothermia prevention) and type of device(s)
used.
Notes - Use this space to record any other pertinent information and/or
clarifications.
First Responder Name - Print the first responder’s name (Last,
First).
First Responder Last 4 - Write last four numbers of first
responder’s Social Security number.
Figure 081-COM-0013-1 DD Form 1380 Page 1
Figure 081-COM-0013-2 DD Form 1380 Page 2
Attach the completed DD Form 1380 to the casualty; in a visible area where follow
on medical staff will see it.
Note: Do not attach the DD Form 1380 to the casualty's body armor as this
equipment may will be separated from the casualty once they arrive at the medical
treatment facility (MTF).
(Asterisks indicates a leader performance step.)
Evaluation Guidance: Score each Soldier according to the performance measures in
the evaluation guide. Unless otherwise stated in the task summary, the Soldier must
pass all performance measures to be scored GO. If the Soldier fails any step, show
what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
Evaluation Preparation: You must evaluate the students on their performance of this
task in a field condition related to the actual task.
References: AR 40-400; AR 40-66; DD FORM 1380 Tactical Combat Casualty Care (TCCC)
Card
Materiel Items (NSN):
Environment: Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to
do. It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert
to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you
will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting
people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to the current Environmental
Considerations manual and the current GTA Environmental- related Risk Assessment
card.
Safety: In a training environment, leaders must perform a risk assessment in
accordance with current Risk Management Doctrine. Leaders will complete the current
Deliberate Risk Assessment Worksheet in accordance with the TRADOC Safety Officer
during the planning and completion of each task and sub-task by
assessing mission, enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support available-time
available and civil considerations, (METT-TC). Note: During MOPP training, leaders
must ensure personnel are monitored for potential heat injury. Local policies and
procedures must be followed during times of increased heat category in order to
avoid heat related injury. Consider the MOPP work/rest cycles and water replacement
guidelines IAW current CBRN doctrine.
081-COM-1046
Transport a Casualty
Conditions: You have a casualty who has received treatment and requires movement
and/or evacuation from a vehicle and placement on a transportation platform. You
may have assistance from other Soldiers. You will need materials to improvise a
litter (poncho, shirts, or jackets, and poles or tree limbs), a SKED or Talon
litter, and a vehicle or replicated platform to load patients onto. Some iterations
of this task should be performed in MOPP.
Standards: Transport the casualty using an appropriate carry or litter without
dropping or causing further injury to the casualty.
Special Condition: None Safety Level: Low MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: A casualty must be moved.
Note: N/A
Remove a casualty from a vehicle, if necessary.
legs.
Laterally.
With the assistance of another Soldier grasp the casualty's arms and
While stabilizing the casualty's head and neck as much as possible,
lift the casualty free of the vehicle and move him/her to a safe place on the
ground.
Note: If medical personnel are available, they may stabilize the casualty’s head,
neck, and upper body with a special board or splint.
Upward.
Note: You may have to remove a casualty upward from a vehicle; for example, from
the passenger compartment of a wheeled vehicle lying on its side or from the hatch
of an armored vehicle sitting upright.
You may place a pistol belt or similar material around the casualty's chest to help
pull him/her from the vehicle.
With the assistance of another Soldier inside the vehicle, draw the casualty upward
using the pistol belt or similar material or by grasping his/her arms.
While stabilizing the casualty's head and neck as much as possible, lift the
casualty free of the vehicle and place him/her on the topmost side of the vehicle.
Note: If medical personnel are available, they may stabilize the casualty’s head,
neck, and upper body with a special board or splint.
Depending on the situation, move the casualty from the topmost side of the vehicle
to a safe place on the ground.
Select an appropriate method to transport the casualty.
Note: The fireman's carry is the typical one-man carry practiced in training.
However, in reality, with a fully equipped casualty, it is nearly impossible to
lift a Soldier over your shoulder and move to cover quickly. It should be
discouraged from being practiced and used.
Fireman's carry. Use for an unconscious or severely injured casualty.
Neck drag. Use in combat, generally for short distances.
Cradle-drop drag. Use to move a casualty who cannot walk when being
moved up or down stairs.
Use litters if materials are available, if the casualty must be moved a long
distance, or if manual carries will cause further injury.
Cue: The appropriate type of carry has been selected.
Evacuate the casualty using a manual carry.
Fireman's carry.
Kneel at the casualty's uninjured side.
Place casualty's arms above his/her head.
Cross the ankle on the injured side over the opposite ankle.
Place one of your hands on the shoulder farther from you and your other hand on
his/her hip or thigh.
Roll the casualty toward you onto his/her abdomen.
Straddle the casualty.
Note: This method is used if the rescuer believes that it is safer than the regular
method due to the casualty’s wounds. Care must be taken to keep the casualty’s head
from falling backward, resulting in a neck injury.
Place your hands under the casualty's chest and lock them together.
Lift the casualty to his/her knees as you move backward.
Continue to move backward, thus straightening the casualty's legs and locking the
knees.
Walk forward, bringing the casualty to a standing position but tilted slightly
backward to prevent the knees from buckling.
Maintain constant support of the casualty with one arm. Free your other arm,
quickly grasp his/her wrist, and raise the arm high.
Instantly pass your head under the casualty's raised arm, releasing it as you pass
under it.
Move swiftly to face the casualty.
Secure your arms around his/her waist.
Immediately place your foot between his/her feet and spread them (approximately 6
to 8 inches apart).
Again grasp the casualty's wrist and raise the arm high above your
head.
Bend down and pull the casualty's arm over and down your
shoulder bringing his/her body across your shoulders. At the same time pass your
arm between the legs.
Grasp the casualty's wrist with one hand while placing your other hand on your knee
for support.
Rise with the casualty correctly positioned.
Note: Your other hand is free for use as needed.
Performance Steps
WARNING
Do NOT use the neck drag if the casualty has a broken and/or fractured arm or a
suspected neck injury. If the casualty is unconscious, protect his/her head from
the ground.
Neck drag.
Place the casualty on his back, if not already there. [See steps 3a (1)-(5)]. (
Tie the casualty's hands together at the wrists. (If conscious, the casualty may
clasp his/her hands together around your neck.)
Straddle the casualty in a kneeling face-to-face position.
Loop the casualty's tied hands over and/or around your neck.
Crawl forward, looking ahead, dragging the casualty with you.
Cradle-drop drag.
With the casualty lying on his/her back, kneel at the head.
Slide your hands, palms up, under the casualty's shoulders.
Get a firm hold under his/her armpits.
Partially rise, supporting the casualty's head on one of your forearms.
Note: You may bring your elbows together and let the casualty’s head rest on both
of your forearms.
With the casualty in a semisitting position, rise and drag the casualty backwards.
Back down the steps (or up if appropriate), supporting the casualty's head and body
and letting the hips and legs drop from step to step.
Evacuate the casualty using a SKED litter.
Prepare the SKED litter for transport.
Remove the SKED from the pack and place on the ground.
Unfasten the retainer strap.
Step on the foot end of the SKED litter and unroll the SKED completely.
Bend the SKED in half and back roll.
Repeat with the opposite end of the litter so that the SKED litter lays flat.
Point out the handholds, straps for the casualty, and dragline at the head of the
litter.
Place and secure a casualty to a SKED litter.
Place the SKED litter next to the casualty so that the head end of the litter is
next to the casualty's head.
Place the cross straps under the SKED litter.
Log roll the casualty onto his side in a steady and even manner.
Slide the SKED litter as far under the casualty as possible.
Gently roll the casualty until he is again lying on his back with the litter
beneath him.
Slide the casualty to the middle of the SKED litter, keeping his spinal column as
straight as possible.
Pull out the straps from under the SKED litter.
Bring the straps across the casualty.
Lift the sides of the SKED litter and fasten the four cross straps to the buckles
directly opposite the straps.
Lift the foot portion of the SKED litter.
Feed the foot straps over the casualty's lower extremities and through the unused
grommets at the foot end of the SKED litter.
(2) Fastens the straps to the buckles.
(13) Check to make sure the casualty is secured to the SKED litter.
Lift the casualty.
Note: For a SKED litter, lift the sides of the SKED and fasten the four cross
straps to the buckles directly opposite the straps. Lift the foot portion of the
SKED and feed the foot straps through the unused grommets at the foot end of the
SKED and fasten to the buckles.
Using four Soldiers (two on each side), all facing the casualty's feet. Have each
rescuer grab a handle with their inside hand.
In one fluid motion on the command of "prepare to lift, lift" raise as a unit
holding the casualty parallel and even.
Evacuate the casualty using a Talon litter.
Prepare a Talon litter for use.
Remove the litter from the bag.
Stand the litter upright and release buckles from the litter.
Place the litter on the ground and completely extend it with the fabric side facing
up.
Keeping the litter as straight as possible, grab the handles and rotate them inward
until all the hinges rotate and lock.
Note: This action is done best using two individuals on each end of the litter
executing this step simultaneously.
While maintaining the hinges in the locked position, apply firm, steady pressure on
the spreader bar with your foot. Increase pressure with your foot until the
spreader bar locks into place.
Place the casualty on the litter.
Place the litter next to the casualty. Ensure that the head end of the litter is
beside the head of the casualty.
Log roll the casualty and slide the litter as far under him/her as possible. Gently
roll the casualty down onto the litter.
Slide the casualty to the center of the litter. Be sure to keep the spinal column
as straight as possible.
Secure the casualty to the litter using litter straps or other available materials.
Evacuate the casualty using an improvised litter.
Use the poncho and two poles or limbs.
Open the poncho and lay the two poles lengthwise across the center, forming three
equal sections.
Reach in, pull the hood up toward you, and lay it flat on the poncho.
Fold one section of the poncho over the first pole.
Fold the remaining section of the poncho over the second pole to the first pole.
Use shirts or jackets and two poles or limbs.
Zipper closed two uniform jackets and turn them inside out, leaving the sleeves
inside.
Lay the jackets on the ground and pass the poles through the sleeves, leaving one
at the top and one at the bottom of the poles to support the casualty's whole body.
Place the casualty on the improvised litter.
Lift the litter.
Place the litter next to the casualty. Ensure the head end of the litter is
adjacent to the head of the casualty.
Slide the casualty to the center of the litter. Be sure to keep the spinal column
as straight as possible.
Secure the casualty to the litter using litter straps or other available materials.
Load casualties onto a military vehicle.
Ground ambulance.
Note: Ground ambulances have combat medics to take care of the casualties during
evacuation. Follow any special instructions that they give for loading, securing,
or unloading casualties.
Make sure each litter casualty is secured to his litter. Use the litter straps when
available.
Load the most serious casualty last.
Load the casualty head first (head in the direction of travel) rather than feet
first.
Make sure each litter is secured to the vehicle.
Note: Unload casualties in reverse order, most seriously injured casualty first.
Air ambulance.
Note: Air ambulances have combat medics to take care of the casualties during
evacuation. Follow any special instructions that they give for loading, securing,
or unloading casualties.
Remain 50 yards from the helicopter until the litter squad is signaled to approach
the aircraft.
Approach the aircraft in full view of the aircraft crew, maintaining visual
confirmation that the crew is aware of the approach of the litter party. Ensure
that the aircrew can continue to visually distinguish friendly from enemy personnel
at all times. Maintain a low silhouette when approaching the aircraft.
Approach UH-60/UH-1 aircraft from sides. Do not approach from the front or rear. If
you must move to the opposite side of the aircraft, approach from the side to the
skin of the aircraft. Then hug the skin of the aircraft, and move around the front
of the aircraft to the other side.
Approach CH-47/CH46 aircraft from the rear.
Approach MH-53 aircraft from the sides to the rear ramp, avoiding the tail rotor.
Approach nonstandard aircraft in full view of the crew, avoiding tail rotors, main
rotors, and propellers.
Approach high performance aircraft (M/C-130/-141B/-17/-5B) from the rear, under the
guidance of the aircraft loadmaster or the ground control party.
Load the most seriously injured casualty last.
Load the casualty who will occupy the upper berth first, and then load the next
litter casualty immediately under the first casualty.
Note: This is done to keep the casualty from accidentally falling on another
casualty if his litter is dropped before it is secured.
When casualties are placed lengthwise, position them with their heads toward the
direction of travel.
Make sure each litter casualty is secured to his litter
Make sure each litter is secured to the aircraft.
Note: Unload casualties in reverse order, most seriously injured casualty first.
Ground military vehicles.
Note: Nonmedical military vehicles may be used to evacuate casualties when no
medical evacuation vehicles area available.
Note: If medical personnel are present, follow their instructions for loading,
securing, and unloading casualties.
When loading casualties into the vehicle, load the most seriously injured casualty
last.
When a casualty is placed lengthwise, load the casualty with his head pointing
forward, toward the direction of travel.
Ensure each litter casualty is secured to the litter. Use litter straps, if
available.
Secure each litter to the vehicle as it is loaded into place. Make sure each litter
is secured.
Note: Unload casualties in reverse order, most seriously injured casualty first
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: For training and evaluation, use other Soldiers to be simulated casualties
to be transported. Place Soldiers in both vehicles and on the ground for transport.
Have at least one tactical vehicle available for loading, or at least a large
platform area that can accommodate several litter casualties.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier the simulated casualties require movement to the
evacuation platform.
Evaluation Guidance: Score each Soldier according to the performance measures.
Unless otherwise stated in the task summary, the Soldier must pass all performance
measures to be scored GO. If the Soldier fails any steps, show the Soldier what was
done wrong and how to do the task correctly.
Environment: Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to
do. It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert
to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you
will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting
people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to ATP 3-34.5 Environmental
Considerations and GTA 05-08-002 ENVIRONMENTAL- RELATED RISK ASSESSMENT.
Safety: In a training environment, leaders must perform a risk assessment in
accordance with ATP 5-19, Risk Management. Leaders will complete a DD Form 2977
DELIBERATE RISK ASSESSMENT WORKSHEET during the planning and completion of each
task and sub-task by assessing mission, enemy, terrain and weather, troops and
support available-time available and civil considerations, (METT-TC). Note: During
MOPP training, leaders must ensure personnel are monitored for potential heat
injury. Local policies and procedures must be followed during times of increased
heat category in order to avoid heat related
injury. Consider the MOPP work/rest cycles and water replacement guidelines IAW TM
3-11.32 Multi-Service Reference for Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear
Warning and Reporting and Hazard Prediction Procedures.
References: Required:
Related: TC 4-02.1, ATP 4-25.13, ATP 4-02.2
081-COM-1007
Perform First Aid for Burns
Conditions: You have a casualty who has a burn injury. You will need the casualty's
emergency bandage or field dressing and canteen of water. Some iterations of this
task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Give first aid for a burn without causing further injury to the
casualty.
Special Condition: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP: Sometimes
Cue: None
Note: None
Eliminate the source of the burn.
Thermal burns. Remove the casualty from the source of the burn. If the casualty's
clothing is on fire, cover the casualty with a field jacket or any large piece of
nonsynthetic material and roll him/her on the ground to put out the flames.
Electrical burns. If the casualty is in contact with an electrical source, turn the
electricity off, if the switch is nearby. If the electricity cannot be turned off,
use any nonconductive material (rope, clothing, or dry wood) to drag the casualty
away from the source.
Chemical burns.
Remove liquid chemicals from the burned casualty by flushing with as much water as
possible.
Remove dry chemicals by carefully brushing them off with a clean, dry cloth. If
large amounts of water are available, flush the area. Otherwise, do not apply
water.
Smother burning white phosphorus with water, a wet cloth, or wet mud. Keep the area
covered with the wet material.
Laser burns. Move the casualty away from the source while avoiding eye contact with
the beam source. If possible, wear appropriate laser eye protection.
Note: After the casualty has been removed from the source of the burn, continually
monitor the casualty for conditions that may require basic lifesaving measures.
Uncover the burn.
Cut clothing covering the burned area.
Gently lift away clothing covering the burned area.
If the casualty's hand(s) or wrist(s) have been burned, remove jewelry (rings,
watches) and place them in his/her pockets.
Apply the casualty's dry, sterile dressing directly over the wound. Note: If the
burn is caused by white phosphorus, the dressing must be wet. CAUTION:
Do not place the dressing over the face or genital area. Do not break the blisters.
Do not apply grease or ointments to the burns.
Apply the dressing/pad, white side down, directly over the wound.
Wrap the tails (or the elastic bandage) so that the dressing/pad is covered.
For a field dressing, tie the tails into a nonslip knot over the outer edge of the
dressing, not over the wound. For an emergency bandage, secure the hooking ends of
the closure bar into the elastic bandage.
Check to ensure that the dressing is applied lightly over the burn but firmly
enough to prevent slipping.
Note: If the casualty is conscious and not nauseated, give him/her small amounts of
water to drink.
Watch the casualty closely for life-threatening conditions, check for other
injuries (if necessary), and treat for shock. Seek medical aid.
Seek medical aid.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: For training and evaluation, use another Soldier to simulate a casualty with
a burn injury.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier to treat the casualty with a burn injury.
Evaluation Guidance: Score each Soldier according to the performance measures.
Unless otherwise stated in the task summary, the Soldier must pass all performance
measures to be scored GO. If the Soldier fails any steps, show the Soldier what was
done wrong and how to do the task correctly.
Environment: Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to
do. It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert
to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you
will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting
people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to ATP 3-34.5 Environmental
Considerations and GTA 05-08-002 ENVIRONMENTAL- RELATED RISK ASSESSMENT.
Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to do. It is a
continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert to ways to
protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you will
contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting people and
the environment from harmful effects.
Refer to ATP 3-34.5 Environmental Considerations and GTA 05-08-002 ENVIRONMENTAL-
RELATED RISK ASSESSMENT.
Safety: In a training environment, leaders must perform a risk assessment in
accordance with ATP 5-19, Risk Management. Leaders will complete a DD Form 2977
DELIBERATE RISK ASSESSMENT WORKSHEET during the planning and completion of each
task and sub-task by assessing mission, enemy, terrain and weather, troops and
support available-time available and civil considerations, (METT-TC). Note: During
MOPP training, leaders must ensure personnel are monitored for potential heat
injury. Local policies and procedures must be followed during times of increased
heat category in order to avoid heat related injury. Consider the MOPP work/rest
cycles and water replacement guidelines IAW TM 3-11.32 Multi-Service Reference for
Chemical, Biological,
Radiological, and Nuclear Warning and Reporting and Hazard Prediction Procedures.
081-COM-0101
Request Medical Evacuation
Conditions: You have a casualty requiring medical evacuation (MEDEVAC). All medical
interventions have been completed and the casualty is stable. This task should not
be trained in MOPP 4
Standards: Transmit a 9-Line MEDEVAC request, providing all necessary information
as quickly as possible in accordance with (IAW) Army Training Publication (ATP) 4-
02.2, Medical Evacuation
Safety Risk: Low
MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue:None
Note: For non-APD references contact your training NCO and or check with the MOS
library.
Collect all applicable information needed for the MEDEVAC request.
Determine the grid coordinates for the pickup site. (See STP 21-1- SMCT, task 071-
COM-1002.)
Obtain radio frequency, call sign, and suffix.
Obtain the number of patients and precedence.
Determine the type of special equipment required.
Determine the number and type (litter or ambulatory) of patients.
Determine the security of the pickup site.
Determine how the pickup site will be marked.
Determine patient nationality and status.
Obtain pickup site chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear (CBRN)
contamination information normally obtained from the senior person or medic.
Note: CBRN line 9 information is only included when contamination exists.
Record the gathered MEDEVAC information using the authorized brevity codes. (See
tables 081-COM-0101-1 and 081-COM-0101-2.)
Note: Unless the MEDEVAC information is transmitted over secure communication
systems, it must be encrypted, except as noted in step 3b(1).
Table 081-COM-0101-1
Lines 1-6
Table 081-COM-0101-2
Lines 6-9
Location of the pickup site (line 1).
Radio frequency, call sign, and suffix (line 2).
Numbers of patients by precedence (line 3).
Encrypt this information using the following brevity codes: A=Urgent. B= Urgent
Surgical. C= Priority. D= Routine. E= Convenience.
If 2 or more categories are reported in same request, insert the word "break"
between each category.
Special equipment required (line 4). Encrypt this information using the following
brevity codes: A= None. B= Hoist. C= Extraction Equipment. D= Ventilator.
Number of patients by type (line 5). Encrypt this information using the following
brevity codes: L+#: Number of litter patients. A+#: Number of ambulatory patients
(able to walk or can walk with assistance).
Note: If requesting MEDEVAC for both types, insert the word "break" between the
litter entry and the ambulatory entry.
Security of the pickup site (line 6- wartime). Encrypt this information using the
following brevity codes: N= No enemy troops in area. P= Possibly enemy troops in
area, approach with caution. E= Enemy troops in area, approach with caution. X=
Enemy troops in area, armed escort required.
Number and type of wound, injury or illness (line 6- peacetime)
Method of marking the pickup site (line 7). Encrypt this information using the
following brevity codes: A= Panels. B= Pyrotechnic signal. C= Smoke signal. D=
None. E= Other.
Patient nationality and status (line 8). Encrypt this information using the
following brevity codes: A= US Military. B= US Civilian. C= Non-US Military. D=
Non-US Civilian. E= Enemy prisoner (EPW).
CBRN contamination (line 9). Encrypt this information using the
following brevity codes: N= Nuclear or radiological. B= Biological. C= Chemical.
Terrain Description (line 9 - peacetime)
Transmit the MEDEVAC request. (See STP 21-1-SMCT, task 113-COM- 1022.)
Note: Transmission may vary depending on individual experience level and situation.
Contact the unit that controls the evacuation assets.
Make proper contact with the intended receiver. Use effective call sign and
frequency assignments from the SOI.
Give the following in the clear "I HAVE A MEDEVAC REQUEST;" wait one to three
seconds for a response. If no response, repeat the statement.
Transmit the MEDEVAC information in the proper sequence.
State all line item numbers in clear text. The call sign and suffix (if needed) in
line 2 may be transmitted in the clear text.
Note: Line numbers 1 through 5 must always be transmitted during the initial
contact with the evacuation unit. Lines 6 through 9 may be transmitted while the
aircraft or vehicle is en route.
Follow the procedure provided in the explanation column of the MEDEVAC request
format to transmit other required information. (See tables 081-COM-0101-1 and 081-
COM-0101-2.)
Pronounce letters and numbers according to appropriate radiotelephone procedures.
End the transmission by stating "OVER."
Keep the radio on and listen for additional instructions or contact from the
evacuation unit.
Keep the radio on and listen for additional instructions or contact from the
evacuation unit.
(Asterisks indicates a leader performance step.)
Evaluation Guidance: Score each Soldier according to the performance measures in
the evaluation guide. Unless otherwise stated in the task summary, the Soldier must
pass all performance measures to be scored GO. If the Soldier fails any step, show
what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
Evaluation Preparation: You must evaluate the students on their performance of this
task in a field condition related to the actual task.
References: ATP 4-02.2; ISBN 9781284041750; ATP 6-02.53
Environment: Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to
do. It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert
to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you
will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting
people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to the current Environmental
Considerations manual and the current GTA Environmental-related Risk Assessment
card.
Safety: In a training environment, leaders must perform a risk assessment in
accordance with current Risk Management Doctrine. Leaders will complete the current
Deliberate Risk Assessment Worksheet in accordance with the TRADOC
Safety Officer during the planning and completion of each task and sub-task by
assessing mission, enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support available-time
available and civil considerations, (METT-TC). Note: During MOPP training, leaders
must ensure personnel are monitored for potential heat injury. Local policies and
procedures must be followed during times of increased heat category in order to
avoid heat related injury. Consider the MOPP work/rest cycles and water replacement
guidelines IAW current CBRN doctrine.
Prerequisite Individual Tasks : None
052-COM-1271
Identify visual Indicators of an Implosive Device (IED) (Located at
https://www.us.army.mil/suite/doc/23838510) (UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY)
(U//FOUO)
Conditions: This task is identified as FOUO, refer to DTMS or CAR to view
052-COM-1270
React to an Improvised Explosive Device (IED) Attack (Located at
https://www.us.army.mil/suite/doc/23838478) (UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY)
(U//FOUO)
Conditions: This task is identified as FOUO, refer to DTMS or CAR to view
071-COM-0815
Practice Noise, Light, and Litter Discipline
Conditions: You are member of a mounted or dismounted element conducting a tactical
mission and have been directed to comply with noise, light and litter discipline.
Enemy elements are in your area of operation. Some iterations of this task should
be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Prevent enemy from locating your element by exercising noise, light, and
litter discipline at all times.
Special Condition: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue:None
Note:None
Exercise noise discipline.
Avoid all unnecessary vehicular and foot movement.
Secure (with tape or other materials) metal parts (for example, weapon slings,
canteen cups, identification [ID] tags) to prevent them from making noise during
movement.
Note: Do not obstruct the moving parts of weapons or vehicles.
Avoid all unnecessary talk.
Use radio only when necessary.
Set radio volume low so that only you can hear.
Use visual techniques to communicate.
Exercise light discipline.
Do not smoke.
Note: The smoking of cigarettes, cigars, etc., can be seen and smelled by the
enemy.
Conceal flashlights and other light sources so that the light is filtered (for
example, under a poncho).
Cover or blacken anything that reflects light (for example, metal surfaces,
vehicles, glass).
Conceal vehicles and equipment with available natural camouflage.
Exercise litter discipline.
Establish a litter collection point (empty food containers, empty ammunition cans
or boxes, old camouflage) when occupying a position.
Verify all litter has been collected in preparation to leaving a position.
Take all litter with you when leaving a position.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References Required:
Related: TC 3-21.75
071-COM-0804
Perform Surveillance without the Aid of Electronic Device
Conditions: You are a member of a squad or team in a defensive position and must
conduct surveillance within your assigned sector during both daylight and limited
visibility (night). Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Identify potential activity indicators and conduct a visual search of
your assigned sector. Submit SALUTE reports, as required.
Special Condition: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: None
Note: None
Identify potential activity indicators in sector (Figure 071-COM-0804-1).
Figure 071-COM-0804-1. Potential Indicators.
Perform observation techniques of the sector.
Conduct day observation.
Use rapid scan technique. (Figure 071-COM-0804-2).
Note: The rapid scan technique is used to detect obvious signs of enemy activity.
It is usually the first method you will use.
Figure 071-COM-0804-2. Rapid/Slow Scan.
Search a strip of terrain about 100 meters deep, from left-to-right, pausing at
short intervals.
Search another 100-meter strip farther out, from right-to-left, overlapping the
first strip scanned, pausing at short intervals.
Continue this method until the entire sector of fire has been
searched.
Use slow scan technique.
Note: Slow scan search technique uses the same process as the rapid scan but much
more deliberately; this means a slower, side-to-side movement and more frequent
pauses.
Use detailed search technique paying attention to the following: (Figure 071-COM-
0804-3).
Note: The detailed search, even more than the rapid or slow scan, depends on
breaking a larger sector into smaller sectors to ensure everything is covered in
detail and no possible enemy positions are overlooked.
Figure 071-COM-0804-3. Detailed Search.
Likely enemy positions and suspected vehicle/dismounted avenues of approach.
Target signatures, such as road junctions, hills, and lone buildings, located near
prominent terrain features.
) Areas with cover and concealment, such as tree lines and draws.
Conduct limited visibility observation.
Use dark adaptation technique.
Stay in a dark area for about 30 minutes.
Move into a red-light area for about 20 minutes followed by about 10 minutes in a
dark area.
Note: The red-light method may save time by allowing you to get orders, check
equipment, or do some other job before moving into darkness.
Use night vision scan technique (Figure 071-COM-0804-4).
Figure 071-COM-0804-4. Night scanning patterns.
Look from right to left or left to right using a slow, regular scanning movement.
At night avoid looking directly at a faintly visible object when trying to confirm
its presence.
Use off center vision technique.
Note: The technique of viewing an object using central vision is ineffective at
night due to the night blind spot that exist during low illumination. You must
learn to use off-center vision.
View an object by looking 10 degrees above, below, or to either side of it rather
than directly at it.
Shift your eyes from one off-center point to another.
Continue to pick-up the object in your peripheral field of vision.
Submit SALUTE report (Figure 071-COM-0804-5).
Figure 071-COM-0804-5. SALUTE Format.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References: Required:
Related: TC 3-21.75
071-COM-0801
Challenge Persons Entering Your Area
Conditions: You are a member of a squad or team providing security for your unit
in a field environment. You have your assigned weapon, individual protective
equipment, and the current challenge and password. An unknown person or persons is
approaching your area. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Detect and challenge all approaching personnel; prevent compromise of
password; allow personnel positively identified as friendly to pass; and disarm,
detain and report personnel not positively identified.
Special Condition: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: None
Note: None
Detect all personnel entering your area.
Challenge an individual that enters your area.
Cover the individual with your weapon without disclosing your position.
Command the individual to "HALT" before they are close enough to pose a threat.
Note: Commands and questions must be loud enough to be heard by the individual but
not loud enough that others outside of the immediate area can hear. Commands should
be repeated as necessary.
Ask "WHO IS THERE?" just loud enough for the individual to hear. Note: The
individual should reply with an answer that best describes them, example “Sergeant
Jones”.
Order the individual to "ADVANCE TO BE RECOGNIZED".
Continue to keep individual covered without exposing yourself.
Order the individual to "HALT" when they are is within 2 to 3 meters from your
position.
Note: The individual should be halted at a location that provides protection to you
and prevents them from escaping if they are deemed unfriendly.
Issue the challenge in a low voice.
Note: The challenge should only be heard by the individual challenged to prevent
all others from overhearing. You may also ask the individual questions that only a
friendly person should be able answer correctly.
Determine if the individual is friendly based upon their return of the correct
password and your own situational awareness.
Allow the individual to pass if the individual returns the correct password and you
are convinced the individual is friendly.
Detain an individual if they return an incorrect password or cannot be positively
identified as friendly.
Direct the individual to disarm.
Notify your chain of command.
Await instruction from your command.
Challenge a group that enters your area.
Note: These procedure and precautions are similar to those for challenging a single
person.
Cover the group with your weapon without disclosing your position.
Order the group to halt before they are close enough to pose a threat to
you.
Command "WHO IS THERE?" just loud enough to be heard by the
group.
Wait for reply from group.
Note: Reply should clearly identify group, example “Friendly Patrol”.
Order the leader of the group to "ADVANCE TO BE RECOGNIZED".
Continue to keep group leader covered without exposing yourself.
Order the group leader to "HALT" when the individual is within 2 to 3 meters from
your position.
Note: The group leader should be halted at a location that provides protection to
you and prevents the leader from escaping if they are deemed unfriendly.
Issue the challenge to only the group leader.
Note: You may also ask questions that only a friendly person should be able to
answer correctly.
Determine if the group leader is friendly based upon their return of the correct
password and your own situational awareness.
Direct the group leader to remain with you to assist in identifying group members,
if you determine he/she is friendly.
) Direct the group leader to vouch for or positively identify each member of his
group as they pass to your flank.
Detain any individual in the group not recognized by the group leader by disarming
them, and having them wait until your chain of command provides additional
instructions.
Detain the group leader, if not positively identified as friendly.
Direct the individual to disarm.
Direct him/her to inform their group to wait.
Notify your chain of command.
Await instruction from your chain of command.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References: Required:
301-COM-1050
Report Information of Potential Intelligence Value
Conditions: You are a Soldier with the responsibility to actively observe and
provide concise accurate reports while in an area of operations. You are given
information requirements, a means of communication (radio, wire, cable, or
messenger) as prescribed in the unit's standard operating procedures (SOPs),
required mission-specific equipment and a situation which requires you to
immediately report information of critical tactical value.
Standards: Transmit information to the receiving authority in size, activity,
location, unit, time and equipment (SALUTE) format to include significant terrain
and weather conditions via the available means of communication. Information will
be reported within 5 minutes after observation with six out of six SALUTE items
correctly identified. Note: Your unit SOPs will specify the receiving authority.
Examples of receiving authorities are company commander, team commander, company
intelligence support team (CoIST), or S2 (Intelligence Officer [U.S. Army])
section.
Special Condition: None
Safety Risk: low
MOPP 4:
Cue:None
Note:None
Identify information concerning threat activity and significant terrain and weather
conditions including-
Order of battle factors; for example, threat weapons systems, composition, and
direction of movement.
Note: If you cannot identify a weapon system or vehicle by name, include a
description of the equipment.
Military aspects of terrain; for example, observation and fields of fire, avenues
of approach, key and decisive terrain, obstacles, and cover and concealment
(OAKOC).
Weather factors; for example, severe weather, precipitation, trafficability,
surface winds and gusts, and ground visibility.
Note: Use Spot Reports (Level 1 Report) to transmit information of immediate value.
Transmit Spot Reports as rapidly and securely as possible. The SALUTE format is an
aid for the observer to report the essential reporting elements. (You may precede
each message segment of the Spot Report with the meaning of the acronym SALUTE.)
Draft message summary information in the SALUTE format.
S-Size. Report the number of personnel, vehicles, aircraft, or size of an object.
Make an estimate if necessary.
A-Activity. Report detailed account of the detected element activity. Indicate the
activity types or types and an amplifying sub-type if applicable.
Attacking. (direction from)
ADA. (engaging)
Aircraft. (engaging) (rotary wing (RW), fixed wing (FW))
Ambush. (improvised explosive device (IED) (exploded), IED (unexploded), Sniper,
Anti-armor, Other)
Indirect fire. (point of impact, point of origin)
Chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear (CBRN)
Defending. (direction from)
Moving. (direction from)
Stationary.
Cache.
Civilian. (criminal acts, unrest, infrastructure damage)
Personnel recovery. (isolating event, observed signal)
Other. (Give name and description)
L-Location. Report where you saw the activity. Include grid coordinates with Grid
Zone Designator or reference from a known point including the distance and
direction from the known point.
U-Unit. Report the detected element unit, organization, or facility. Indicate the
type of unit, organization, or facility detected. If it cannot be clearly
identified, describe in as much detail as possible, including uniforms, vehicle
markings, and other identifying information.
Conventional.
Irregular.
Coalition.
Host Nation.
Non-governmental Organization (NGO).
Civilian.
Facility.
T-Time. Report the time and date the activity was observed, not the time you report
it. Always report local or Zulu time.
E-Equipment. Report all equipment associated with the activity, such as weapons,
vehicles, tools. Add a narrative if necessary to clarify, describe, or explain the
type of equipment. Provide nomenclature, type, and quantity of all equipment
observed. If equipment cannot be clearly identified, describe in as much detail as
possible.
Air Defense Artillery (ADA) (missile (MANPADS), missile (other),
gun) mortar)
Artillery (gun (self propelled), gun (towed), missile or rocket,
Armored track vehicle (tank, APC, command and control (C2),
engineer, transport, other)
Armored wheel vehicle (gun, APC, C2, engineer, transport, other)
Wheel vehicle (gun, C2, engineer, transport, other)
Infantry weapon (anti-armor missile, anti-armor gun, RPG, heavy machinegun, GL,
small arms, other)
Aircraft (RW (attack helicopter (AH)), RW (utility helicopter (UH)), RW
(observation helicopter), FW (attack), FW (transport), unmanned aircraft, other)
Mine or IED (buried, surface, VBIED, PBIED, other)
CBRN
Supplies (Class III, Class V, other)
Civilian
Other
Select a means of communication; for example, radio, wire, cable, or messenger.
Note: Consider the communications means available and the information's potential
significance to your mission. Radio is fast and mobile; yet, normally it is the
least secure of the three communications means available at tactical units. Wire is
more secure but it is subject to wiretapping and requires more time, personnel and
equipment to install. Messenger is very secure but requires more delivery time and
is limited by weather, terrain, and threat action.
Transmit the message to the receiving authority.
If using a messenger, provide the messenger with explicit reporting instructions
and a message, preferably written, which is clear, complete, and concise.
If using radio, use proper radio/telephone procedures according to unit SOPs. Use
the radio only as needed. The enemy may intercept your transmission, exploit the
message information, or locate your transmitter for targeting or jamming.
If you encounter jamming or interference on your radio net, within 10 minutes of
the incident, transmit a meaconing, intrusion, jamming, and interference (MIJI)
feeder report, preferably via messenger, wire, or cable to
your net control station. Your Signal Operating Instructions (SOI) contains the
MIJI format.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Simulate a situation that requires Soldiers to immediately report
information of critical tactical value. You may need two to four personnel (dressed
in aggressor uniforms or local attire if available) where they are observable with
the naked eye (or binoculars if available). Direct the personnel to perform some
type of activity that meets the information requirements. Provide the Soldier with
a 1:50,000 scale topographic map of the test area. Provide paper and a pen or
pencil for the Soldier to take notes and prepare the report. If you require the
Soldier to radio the report to someone else, provide two radios and SOI. Accompany
the Soldier being tested to a location where the Soldier can observe the threat.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier he/she is– Performing an offensive or defensive
mission.
Patrolling in a stability or defense support of civil authorities operation.
Manning a checkpoint or roadblock.
Occupying an observation post. Passing through an area in a convoy.
Instruct the Soldier to report the activity observed, weather factors, and any
significant military aspects of the terrain. Once the Soldier completes the report,
have the Soldier select a means of transmitting the report to the receiving
authority.
Evaluation Guidance: Refer to chapter 1, paragraph 1-9e, (1) and (2).
References:
Required: TC 3-21.75, FM 6-99
Related: ATP 3-55.4
071-COM-1004
Perform Duty as a Guard
Conditions: You are a Soldier and have been assigned to a guard post. The Sergeant
of the Guard has given you any guard post-specific equipment, special orders, and
local standard operating procedures (SOP). You have your individual weapon and
personal equipment.
Standards: Perform duty on assigned guard post in accordance with special orders
and SOP.
Special Condition: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4:
Prepare for guard duty.
Review general orders, special orders, and local implementing SOPs.
Inspect all required equipment for serviceability.
Assume guard post duty.
Receive special order changes, if any.
Establish communications with the Relief Commander or the Sergeant of the Guard via
FM or telephonic means.
Note: During a duty tour a guard is required to execute orders ONLY from the
commanding officer, the field officer of the day, the officer of the day and
officers of the guard.
Walk the guard post or assume the guard position.
Note: While on guard duty, surrender your weapon to, and only on order of, a person
from whom you lawfully receives orders while on post.
Challenge personnel as specified by the special orders. Note: Challenge position is
port arms or raised pistol.
Challenge all suspicious individuals observed.
Challenge a group as specified by the special orders.
Salute officers when performing guard duty on guard posts that do not require a
challenge.
Pass instructions and changes to orders on to relief guard. (Asterisks indicates a
leader performance step.)
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
Evaluation Preparation: SETUP: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and/or
materials described in the conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected by reviewing the task standards.
Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions, warnings, and
dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to equipment.
References: Required: TC 3-22.6,
052-COM-1361
Camouflage Yourself and Your Individual Equipment
Conditions: Given an individual weapon, grass, bushes, and trees, pieces of the
Lightweight Camouflage Screen System (LCSS), skin paint, and charcoal and/or mud.
Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Camouflage yourself and your individual equipment to prevent detection
by visual, near-infrared, infrared, ultraviolet, radar, acoustic, and radio
sensors.
Special Condition: None Safety Risk: Low Special Standards: None Special Equipment:
MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: None
Note:
Apply camouflage principles throughout camouflaged operations.
Employ realistic camouflage.
Employ camouflage material that resembles the background.
Employ camouflage subtly without overdoing.
Apply camouflaged movement technique.
Note: Movement draws attention, and darkness does not prevent observation.
The naked eye and infrared/radar sensors can detect movement.
Minimize movement.
Move slowly and smoothly when movement is necessary.
Breakup regular shapes.
Use natural or artificial materials to breakup shapes, outlines, and equipment.
Stay in shadows when moving, if possible.
Disguise or distort the shape of your helmet and your body with natural or
artificial materials when conducting operations close to the enemy.
Reduce possible shine by covering or removing items that may reflect light.
Note: Examples of items that should be covered and/or removed include: mirrors, eye
glasses, watch crystals, plastic map cases, starched uniforms, clear-plastic
garbage bags, red-filtered flashlights, goggles worn on top of helmets cigarettes
and pipes.
Blend colors with the surroundings or, at a minimum, ensure that objects do not
contrast with the background (figure 052-COM-1361-1). Note: Change camouflage, as
required, when moving from one area to another. What works well in one location may
draw fire in another
Figure 052-COM-1361-1.
Colors Used for Camouflage
Employ noise discipline.
Camouflage your exposed skin.
Note: Exposed skin reflects light.
Cover your skin oils, using paint sticks, even if you have very dark skin.
Note: Paint sticks cover these oils and provide blending with the background.
Use the color chart in table 052-COM-1361-1 when applying paint on the face.
Table 052-COM-1361-1. Color Chart.
Paint high, shiny areas (forehead, cheekbones, nose, ears, and chin) with a dark
color
Paint low, shadow areas (around the eyes, under the nose and under the chin) with a
light color.
Paint exposed skin on the back of the neck, arms, and hands with an irregular
pattern.
Camouflage your uniform and helmet.
Roll your sleeves down, and button all buttons
Attach leaves, grass, small branches, or pieces of LCSS to your
uniform and helmet (figure 052-COM-1361-2). These items will distort shapes and
blend colors with the natural background
Note: ACUs provide visual and near-infrared camouflage
Figure 052-COM-1361-2.
Camouflaged Helmets.
Wear unstarched ACUs.
Note: Starch counters the infrared properties of the dyes.
Replace excessively faded and worn ACUs because camouflage effectiveness is lost.
Camouflage your personal equipment
Cover or remove shiny items.
Secure items that rattle or make noise when moved or worn.
Breakup the shape of large and bulky equipment using natural items and/or LCSS.
Maintain camouflage.
Replace natural camouflage as it dies and loses its effectiveness.
Replace camouflage as it fades.
Replace camouflage to correspond to changing surroundings.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Performance Measures GO NO GO
Painted low, shadow areas (around the eyes, under the nose and under the chin)
with a light color.
Painted exposed skin on the back of the neck, arms, and hands with an irregular
pattern.
Protected yourself against physical and other hazards.
Rolled your sleeves down, and buttoned all buttons.
Attached leaves, grass, small branches, or pieces of LCSS to your uniform and
helmet.
Wore unstarched ACUs.
Replaced excessively faded and worn ACUs because camouflage effectiveness is lost.
Camouflaged your personal equipment.
Covered or removed shiny items.
Secured items that rattle or make noise when moved or worn.
Broke-up the shape of large and bulky equipment using natural items and/or LCSS.
Maintained camouflage.
Replaced natural camouflage as it dies and loses its effectiveness.
Replaced camouflage as it fades.
Replaced camouflage to correspond to changing surroundings.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References
Required: ATP 3-37.34, TC 3-21.75
Related:
071-COM-4408
Construct Individual Fighting Positions
Conditions: You are a member of a squad that has just occupied a defense position
and you have been directed to construct an individual fighting position. You have
your assigned weapon(s) (M249 machine gun, M240B machine gun, M16-series rifle, M4-
series carbine, and/or a shoulder launched missile), a blank DA Form 5517 Standard
Range Card, personal protective equipment, construction material, and camouflage
material. You have been given your sectors of fire. Some
iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Construct a fight position based on leadership direction and type of
weapon(s) assigned. Ensure fighting position provides frontal, side, rear, and
overhead cover (OHC), as required. Prepare a range card for the position.
Special Condition: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue: None
Note: A fighting position provides cover from fire and concealment from observation
while allowing you to engage the enemy with your weapon. There are two types of
fighting position: hasty and deliberate. The type of fighting position you
construct is dependent on: time available, equipment available, and the required
level of protection required. If assigned an M4 rather than an M16- series weapon,
add 7 inches (18 centimeters). The length of two M16s is equal to two and a half
M4s. The widths of all the fighting positions are only an approximate distance and
based on the individual Soldier's equipment.
OHC can be built up or down, this task covers built up OHC. Built-up OHC is
constructed on top of the parapets up to 18 inches (46 centimeters) and provides
for maximum room inside the fighting position and adequate space between the end
walls of the fighting position and the OHC. Built-down OHC is constructed at or
below ground level and should not exceed 12 inches (30 centimeters) above ground.
This lowers the profile of the fighting position, which aids in avoiding detection.
However, it restricts the fighting space between the end walls of the fighting
position and the OHC. To account for this restricted space the width of the
fighting position should be extended to three M16 lengths.
Construct a hasty fighting position
Note: A hasty fighting position should give frontal cover from enemy direct fire
but allow firing to the front and the oblique. Hasty positions are used if: there
is little time for preparation, there is no requirement for a deliberate defensive
position (such as a pause during movement) or you have just occupied the position.
A hasty fighting position uses whatever cover is available. The position can be
developed into a deliberate position, if in a suitable location.
Construct a shell crater.
(1). Lie prone in the depression.
(2). Orient your position so you are oblique to enemy fire.
Construct a skirmisher's trench. (1). Physical with firearms used.
Note: A skirmisher’s trench is used for immediate shelter from enemy fire when
there are no defilade firing positions available. In all but the hardest ground,
you can use this technique to quickly form a shallow, body-length pit
Lie prone or on your side.
(2). Report the situation immediately to the section or team leader. (3). Scrape
the soil underneath or beside you with an entrenching tool. (4). Pile the soil in a
low parapet between yourself and the enemy
Construct a prone fighting position (Figure 071-COM-4408-1).
Figure 071-COM-4408-1.
Example of a prone fighting position (Hasty)
(1). Construct a crater or skirmisher's trench fighting position.
(2). Scrape additional soil from your position to a depth of about 18 inches (46
centimeters).
(3). Build cover around the edge of the position by using the dirt dug from the
hole.
Construct a deliberate fighting position.
Construct a one-man fighting position.
Note: Except for its size, a one-man position is built the same way as a two- man
fighting position. The hole of a one-man position is only large enough for you and
your equipment. It does not have the security of a two-person position; therefore,
it must allow you to shoot to the front or oblique from behind frontal cover.
Construct a two-man fighting position. (Figure 071-COM-4408-2).
Note: A two-man fighting position is preferred over the one-man fighting
position as it allows more flexibility and better security. A two-man fighting
position is constructed in four stages with the chain of command normally
inspecting and providing additional guidance between each phase.
Figure 071-COM-4408-2.
Two-man fighting position with OHC.
(1). Construct stage 1 of a two-man fighting position. (Figure 071- COM-4408-3).
Figure 071-COM-4408-3.
Two-man fighting position - stage 1 (top view).
(a). Identify sector(s) of fire (at least primary and possibly
secondary).
(b). Check fields of fire from the prone position.
(c). Emplace sector stakes (right and left) to define your sectors of
fire.
Note: The sector stakes must be sturdy and stick out of the ground at least 18
inches (46 centimeters); this will prevent your weapon from being pointed out of
your sector.
(d). Emplace aiming and limiting stakes as needed.
Note: Aiming and limiting stakes help you fire into dangerous approaches at night
and at other times when visibility is poor. Forked tree limbs about 12 inches (30
centimeters) long make good stakes. One stake (possibly sandbags) is placed near
the edge of the hole to rest the stock of your rifle on. The other stake is placed
forward of the rear (first) stake/sandbag toward each dangerous approach. The
forward stakes are used to hold the rifle barrel.
(e). Emplace grazing fire logs or sandbags to achieve grazing fire 1 meter above
ground level.
(f). Scoop out elbow holes to keep your elbows from moving around when you fire.
(g). Trace position outline.
Note: The length of two M16s is equal to two and a half M4s. The widths of all the
fighting positions are only an approximate distance and based on the individual
Soldier's equipment.
(h). Clear primary and secondary (if applicable) fields of fire (2). Construct
stage 2 of a two-man fighting position. (Figure 071-
COM-4408-4).
Figure 071-COM-4408-4
Two-man fighting position - stage 2 (top view).
(a). Emplace OHC supports to front and rear of position, at least 12 inches (30
centimeters) from the edge of the position outline. Note: 12 inches (30
centimeters) is about 1-helmet length
If you plan to use logs or cut timber, secure them in place with strong stakes from
2 to 3 inches (5 to 7 centimeters) in diameter and 18 inches (46 centimeters) long.
Short U-shaped pickets will work.
(b). Construct parapet retaining walls.
Construct the front retaining wall at least 10 inches (25 centimeters) high, two
filled sandbags deep, and equal length of the fighting position.
Construct rear retaining wall--At least 10 inches (25 centimeters) high, and one
M16 long.
3 Construct flank retaining walls--At least 10 inches (25 centimeters) high, and
equal width of the fighting position.
(c). Remove the top layer of dirt from the hole.
Set aside grass or foliage for camouflage
Use excavated soil to fill sandbags
(3). Construct stage 3 of a two-man fighting position
(a). Dig position with vertical walls to a maximum depth of armpit deep (if soil
conditions permit). (Figure 071-COM-4408-5)
Note: If the walls of the position are unstable, due to soil properties, you can
use revetments and/or slope the walls. Plywood or sheeting material and pickets can
be used to revet walls. For sloped walls you would first dig a vertical hole and
then slope the walls at 1:4 ratio (move 12 inches [30 centimeters] horizontally for
each 4 feet [1.22 meters] vertically).
Figure 071-COM-4408-5. Digging the position (side view)
(b). Use excavated soil from hole to fill parapets in the order of front, flanks,
and rear.
(c). Verify you can cover the entire sector of fire from this position
(d). Dig two grenade sumps in the floor one on each end.
Note: Grenade sumps are as wide as the entrenching tool blade; at least as deep as
an entrenching tool and as long as the position floor is wide.
(e). Slope the floor toward the grenade sumps.
(f). Dig a storage compartment in the bottom of the back wall; the size of the
compartment depends on the amount of equipment and ammunition to be stored.
(g). Install revetments, if required, to prevent wall collapse/cave-in. (h).
Emplace standard length stringers for OHC (Figure 071-COM-
4408-6).
Figure 071-COM-4408-6
Placement of stringers for OHC
(4). Construct stage 4 of a two-man fighting position. (a). Install OHC. (Figure
071-COM-4408-7).
Figure 071-COM-4408-7
Installation of OHC
Emplace dustproof layer.
Note: Plywood, sheeting mats can be used as a dustproof layer (could be boxes,
plastic panel, or interlocked U-shaped pickets). A standard dustproof layer is
4’x4’ sheets of ¾-inch plywood centered over dug position
Nail plywood dustproof layer to stringers, if required
Emplace at least 18 inches (46 centimeters) of filled sandbags for overhead burst
protection (Note: At a minimum four layers.) the sandbags must cover the area
between the front and rear retaining wall.
Use plastic or a poncho for waterproofing layer.
Fill center cavity with soil from dug hold and surrounding soil. (b). Camouflage
the fighting position.
Mold the OHC and parapets to blend with the surrounding
terrain
Camouflage the position with natural materials that do not
have to be replaced
Note: Rocks, logs, live bushes, grass, and other available materials can be used
to make the position blend with surroundings, or camouflage screen systems
Ensure the position cannot be seen within 115 feet (35 meters).
Construct a machine gun fighting position. (Figure 071-COM-4408-8 and Figure 071-
COM-4408-9)
071-COM-4408-8.
Machine gun fighting position with OHC.
071-COM-4408-9.
Machine gun fighting position (top view).
Construct stage 1 of a machine gun fighting position. (1). Establish sectors
(primary and secondary) of fire
Check fields of fire from the prone position.
Assign sector of fire (primary and secondary) and final protective line (FPL) or
principal direction of fire (PDF).
Emplace aiming stakes.
Decide whether to build OHC up or down, based on potential enemy observation of
position.
(2). Mark the outline of the position.
Trace position outline to include location of two distinct firing platforms.
Mark position of the tripod legs where the gun can be laid on the FPL or PDF.
(3). Clear primary and secondary fields of fire.
Construct Stage 2 of a machine gun fighting position.
(1). Dig firing platforms 6 to 8 inches (15 to 20 centimeters) deep and one M16 in
length and width.
(2). Emplace the OHC supports to front and rear of the position.
Note: The supports are placed the same as for a two-man fighting position. (3).
Construct the parapet retaining walls.
Note: The parapet retaining walls are constructed the same as for a two-man
fighting position.
(4). Position the machine gun to cover primary sector of fire.
Construct stage 3 of a machine gun fighting position.
Dig position and build parapets.
Dig the position to a maximum armpit depth around the firing
platform.
rear.
Use soil from hole to fill parapets in order of front, flanks, and
Dig grenade sumps and slope floor toward them.
Install revetment if needed.
Note: Follow same steps as for two-man fighting position.
Place stringers for OHC.
Note: Stringers are placed the same way as for a two-man position.
Construct stage 4 of a machine gun fighting position.
Install OHC.
Note: Build the OHC the same as you would for a two-man fighting position.
Install camouflage.
Use surrounding topsoil and camouflage screen systems.
Ensure position cannot be seen within 115 feet (35 meters).
Use soil from hole to fill sandbags and OHC cavity, or to spread around and blend
position in with surrounding ground.
Construct a shoulder launched missile fighting position.
Construct an M136 fighting position
Note: An M136 fighting position is a standard two-man fighting position that
includes basic considerations for firing shoulder launched missile. The shoulder
launched missile is fired from a modified standing position by leaning against the
rear wall of the fighting position and ensuring the rear of the weapon extends
beyond the rear of the fighting position.
Construct stage 1.
Note: Only additional consideration is identifying the backblast area to ensure it
is kept cleared. Leaders must ensure that shoulder launched missiles are positioned
so that the backblast misses other fighting positions.
Construct stage 2.
Note: Only additional consideration is the rear parapet does not block the
backblast area.
Construct stage 3.
Note: No additional considerations.
Construct stage 4.
Note: Only additional consideration is ensuring any camouflage in the backblast
area is secure and not easily combustible.
Construct a standard Javelin fighting position with OHC.
Note: The standard Javelin fighting position has cover to protect you from direct
and indirect fires. The position is prepared the same as the two-man fighting
position with two additional steps. See Figure 071-COM-4408-10.
Figure 071-COM-4408-10
Standard Javelin firing position
Extend and slope the back wall of the position rearward to serve as a storage area.
Extend the front and side parapets twice the length as the dimensions of the two-
man fighting position with the Javelin’s primary and secondary seated firing
platforms added to both sides.
Prepare a DA Form 5517, Standard Range Card for the fighting position.
Note: A range card is comprised of sectors of fire, principal direction of fire,
final protective live, and dead space.
Orient the card so both the primary and secondary sectors of fire can fit on it.
Draw a rough sketch of the terrain to the front of your position.
Note: Include any prominent natural and man-made features that could be
likely targets.
Draw your position at the bottom of the sketch.
Note: Do not put in the weapon symbol at this time.
Fill in the marginal data.
Gun number or squad.
Platoon, company and date.
Magnetic north arrow.
Sketch in the magnetic north arrow on the card with its base starting at the top of
the marginal data section.
Using your compass, determine the azimuth in degrees from the terrain feature to
the gun position.
Determine the distance between the gun and the feature by pacing or plotting the
distance on a map.
Sketch in the terrain feature on the card in the lower left or right hand corner.
Connect the sketch of the position and the terrain feature with a barbed line from
the feature to the gun.
Write in the distance in meters.
Add final protective fires to your range card.
Sketch in the limits of the primary sector of fire as assigned by your
leader.
Sketch in the FPL line on your sector limit as assigned.
Determine dead space on the final protective line by having your
assistant gunner walk the final protective line.
Watch him walk down the line and mark spaces that cannot be
grazed.
Sketch dead space by showing a break in the symbol for an FPL,
and write in the range to the beginning and end of the dead space.
Label all targets in your primary sector in order of priority.
Prepare range card when assigned a PDF instead of an FPL.
Sketch in the limits of the primary sector of fire as assigned by your
leader.
Note: Sector should not exceed 875 mils, the maximum traverse of the tripod-
mounted machine gun.
Sketch in the symbol for an automatic weapon oriented on the most dangerous target
within your sector Note: The PDF will be target number one in your sector. All
other targets will be numbered in priority.
Sketch in your secondary sector of fire.
Note: The secondary sector is drawn using a broken line.
Label targets within the secondary sector with the range in meters from your gun to
each target.
Note: When necessary the bipod is used to engage targets in your secondary sector.
Sketch in aiming stakes, if used.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References:
Required: DA FORM 5517, TC 3-21.75, TM 3-23.25
Related:
159-COM-2026
Identify Combatant and Non-Combatant Personnel and hybrid Threats
Conditions: In a field, military operations in urban terrain (MOUT), or garrison
environment, where a Soldier is required to demonstrate an understanding of the
various personnel in an Operational Environment (OE). Standard MOPP 4 conditions do
not exist for this task. See the MOPP 4 statement for specific conditions
Standards: Identify the combatant and non-combatant personnel and hybrid threats
within an OE.
Special Condition: None
Safety Risk: Low
MopP 4: N/A
Remarks: None
Notes: None
Identify the combatant and/or noncombatant personnel within an OE.
Identify Armed Combatants:
Regular military forces.
Internal security forces.
Insurgent organizations.
Guerilla organizations.
Private security organizations.
Criminal organizations.
Identify Unarmed Combatants
Unarmed nonmilitary personnel who may decide to support hostilities-recruiting,
financing, intelligence-gathering, providing targeting information, supply
brokering, transportation, courier, information warfare (videographers), improvised
explosive device (IED) fabricators.
Unarmed combatants may possibly be affiliated with paramilitary organizations.
Includes support that takes place off the battlefield.
Other examples of unarmed combatants-medical teams, media (local,
national, international), non-governmental organizations/private voluntary
organizations (NGOs/PVOs), Trans-national corporations, foreign government and
diplomatic personnel, internally displaced persons (IDPs), transients, local
populace.
Identify the following types of Noncombatants.
Media personnel.
Humanitarian Relief Organizations.
Mult national Corporations.
Criminal organizations.
Private Security Organizations.
Other Noncombatants and Civilian Population Support.
Information Warfare elements.
Identify Hybrid Threats within an OE (Asterisks indicates a leader performance
step.)
Evaluation Guidance: Score the soldier GO if all performance measure are passed.
Score the soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the soldier scores
NO-GO, show the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
Evaluation Preparation: Setup: This task may be evaluated at the end of OE training
as well as during a field training exercise.
Brief Soldier: Tell soldier that they will be evaluated on their ability to
correctly identify examples of combatant and/or noncombatant personnel and hybrid
threats within an OE.
Environment: Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to
do. It is a continual process and starts with deliberate planning. Always be alert
to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In doing so, you
will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while protecting
people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to the current Environmental
Considerations manual and the current GTA Environmental- related Risk Assessment
card. Environmental protection is not just the law but the right thing to do. It is
a continual process and starts with deliberate planning.
Always be alert to ways to protect our environment during training and missions. In
doing so, you will contribute to the sustainment of our training resources while
protecting people and the environment from harmful effects. Refer to ATP 3-34.5
Environmental Considerations and GTA 05-08-002 ENVIRONMENTAL- RELATED RISK
ASSESSMENT
Safety: In a training environment, leaders must perform a risk assessment in
accordance with current Risk Management Doctrine. Leaders will complete the current
Deliberate Risk Assessment Worksheet in accordance with the TRADOC Safety Officer
during the planning and completion of each task and sub-task by assessing mission,
enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support available-time available and civil
considerations, (METT-TC). Note: During MOPP training, leaders must ensure
personnel are monitored for potential heat injury. Local policies and procedures
must be followed during times of increased heat category in order to avoid heat
related injury. Consider the MOPP work/rest cycles and water replacement guidelines
IAW current CBRN doctrine. In a training environment, leaders must perform a risk
assessment in accordance with ATP 5- 19, Risk Management. Leaders will complete a
DD Form 2977 DELIBERATE RISK ASSESSMENT WORKSHEET during the planning and
completion of each task and sub- task by assessing mission, enemy, terrain and
weather, troops and support available-time available and civil considerations,
(METT-TC). Note: During MOPP training, leaders must ensure personnel are monitored
for potential heat injury. Local policies and procedures must be followed during
times of increased heat category in order to avoid heat related injury. Consider
the MOPP work/rest cycles and water replacement guidelines IAW TM 3-11.32 Multi-
Service Reference for Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear Warning and
Reporting and Hazard Prediction Procedures.
References: ADP 3-0; TC 7-100
Skills : None
181-COM-1001
Conduct Operations According to the Law of War
Conditions: Given an overview of the Law of War be able to identify, understand,
and comply with the provisions of the Law of War, including the Geneva and Hague
Conventions and the 10 Soldier rules. You have access to the operational hand book,
FM 27-10, FM 2-22.3, and the Manual for Courts- Martial, and other related
materials.
Standards: Identify, understand, and comply with the Law of War. Identify problems
or situations that violate the policies and take appropriate action, including
notifying appropriate authorities, so that expedient action may be taken to correct
the problem or situation.
Special Condition: None Safety Risk: Low MOPP 4:
Cue: None
Note: None
Identify the key elements of the Law of War.
Describe how the Hague Convention and Geneva Conventions pertain to combat
operations.
Describe International Customary Law of War.
Describe other international Treaty law.
Describe the responsibilities of U.S. Soldiers to obey the Law of War.
To assist Commanders and Soldiers in mission accomplishment.
To regulate the use of force and prohibit unlawful conduct.
To protect against unnecessary suffering and excessive collateral
damage.
To promote the humane treatment of noncombatants, wounded and sick, and civilians.
Identify the basic principles of the Law of War.
Define Military Necessity.
Describe a Legitimate Military Target.
Define combatant force.
Decrribe collateral damage.
Defines Unnecessary Suffering
Define Discrimination and Distinction
Define Proportionality.
Define Chivalry
Identify the “10 Soldier’s Rules”.
Soldiers only fight enemy combatants.
Soldiers treat humanely all who surrender or are captured.
Soldiers do not kill or torture detained personnel.
List the 5 S’s and T.
Describe humane treatment.
Describe respect and protect.
Soldiers collect and care for the wounded.
Soldiers do not attack protected places or persons.
Soldiers do not attack medical personnel, facilities or equipment.
Soldiers destroy no more than the mission requires.
Soldiers treat civilians and noncombatants humanely.
Soldiers do not steal. Soldiers respect private property and possessions.
Soldiers should do their best to prevent violations of the Law of War.
Soldiers report all violations of the Law of War to their superior.
Identify actions to prevent Law of War violations.
List actions to protect civilians/noncombatants.
List actions to protect civilians/noncombatants.
List actions to protect prisoners of war, retained persons and detainees.
List actions to protect medical transports and facilities.
List actions to prevent engagement of unlawful targets.
List actions to prevent excessive use of force.
List actions to prevent the unauthorized use of medical service symbols, flag of
truce, national emblems, and enemy insignia/uniforms.
List actions to prevent unnecessary destruction and seizure of property.
List actions to prevent unnecessary suffering and harm.
List actions to enforce the rights and responsibilities of EPWs, and detainees.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Evaluate this task at the end of Law of War training.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier that he or she will be evaluated on his or her
ability to identify, understand, and comply with the Law of War, including the
Geneva and Hague Conventions and the 10 Soldier’s Rules. Tell the Soldier that he
or she will also be evaluated on his or her ability to identify problems or
situations that violate the Law of War and take appropriate action to prevent Law
of War violations do not occur.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
NO GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References: Required:
171-COM-0011
Employ Progressive Levels of Individual Force
Conditions: You are a member of a section or team that is securing a critical area
or defusing a civil disturbance and you are approached/confronted by one or more
hostile civilians. You have your individual weapon, personal protection equipment
(PPE), and the rules of engagement (ROE).
Standards: Assess and immediately report threats situations to your leadership.
Protect yourself against hazards. Isolate hostile civilians, if required. Control
the situation using the least amount of force possible.
Special Condition: None Special Standards: None Special Equipment:
Cue: None
Note:The operational environment must be considered at all times during this task.
All Army elements must be prepared to enter any environment and perform their
missions while simultaneously dealing with a wide range of unexpected threats and
other influences. Units must be ready to counter these threats and influences and,
at the same time, be prepared to deal with various third-party actors, such as
international humanitarian relief agencies, news media, refugees, and civilians on
the battlefield. These groups may or may not be hostile to us, but they can
potentially affect the unit's ability to accomplish its mission.
Assess the situation by identifying the level of hostile civilian threat.
Verbal.
Physical without weapons (touching, pushing).
Physical with weapons (rocks, clubs, spitting).
Physical with firearms shown.
Physical with firearms used.
Report the situation immediately to the section or team leader.
Protect yourself against physical and other hazards.
Use full - face shields.
Use double layer latex gloves.
Note: Any exposure incident must be reported to the chain of command.
Isolate hostile civilian(s), if required.
Identify hostile group(s) sphere of influence.
Remove the individual with the most influence of the crowd.
Use the 5S's (Search, Silence, Segregate, Safeguard, Speed to the rear).
Employ no more force than is necessary to control the situation using
graduated response measures.
Note: Soldiers should employ the lowest level of force necessary to address a
threat but may use any level, even deadly force, without performing earlier steps,
if the circumstances or threat do not allow for the use of graduated levels of
force.
Avoid confrontation if possible.
Do not deliberately instigate, threaten, provoke, or bluff.
Speak sternly to the civilian and state the peaceful intent of your mission.
Tell the civilian to "STAND BACK" and warn them that you may have to use force.
If a civilian places his or her hands on your body, brush them back with hand or
availble PPE.
If a civilian attempts to inflict bodily harm, use any authorized materials (such
as water hoses, chemical gases) to impede movement.
Use your individual weapon, if necessary, as prescribed by the established ROE.
Establish and maintain control of the situation.
Comply with the ROE, any host-nation requirements, applicable international
treaties and operational agreements.
Note: ROE are directives issued by competent military authority that delineate the
circumstances and the limitations under which United States forces will initiate
and/or continue combat engagement with other forces encountered.
ROE help commanders accomplish the mission by regulating the rules of the use of
force. Everyone must understand the ROE and be prepared to execute them properly in
every possible confrontation.
Minimize casualties and damage.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the importance of observing all cautions,
warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to personnel and, if applicable, damage to
equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References Required
Related: ATP 3-22.40, FM 27-10, TC 7-98-1
Related: AR 27-1, FM 27-10
191-COM-0009
Search a Detainee
Conditions: Given your individual equipment, assigned weapon, a detainee,
disposable restraints, a guard, an interpreter (if available), DA Forms
4002 (Evidence/Property Tag) and 4137 (Evidence/Property Custody Document), DD Form
2745 (Enemy Prisoner of War (EPW) Capture Tag), and materials to mark and bundle
evidence and property. Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP 4.
Standards: Search and restrain the detainee sequentially according to the
performance steps; locate and confiscate all weapons, contraband, and items of
intelligence value; and prepare DD Form 2745 and DA Form 4137 without error.
Special Condition: None.
Safety Risk: Low
MOPP 4: Sometimes
Cue:None
Position the detainee
Direct the detainee to stand and face you.
Note: If an interpreter is not available, you may have to demonstrate the desired
movement to the detainee to overcome the language barrier.
Direct the detainee to raise his/her arms above his/her head, lock his/her elbows,
and spread his/her fingers with his/her palms facing you.
Check the detainee's hands visually for weapons or contraband.
Order the detainee to turn around and drop to his/her knees.
Search the back of the detainee's hands for weapons or contraband.
Direct the detainee to lie on his/her stomach, extend his/her arms straight out to
the sides with the palms up, and place his/her forehead on the ground.
Tell the detainee to spread his/her legs as far apart as possible, turn his/her
feet outward, and keep his/her heels in contact with the ground.
Ensure that the guard remains in front of and at an oblique angle to the detainee
(opposite the side being searched).
Restrain the detainee.
Note: The situation may also dictate using a blindfold, ear plugs, or a muffle
(an item such as cloth to prevent speech or outcry without causing injury) as
deemed appropriate or directed by your supervisor.
Approach the front of the detainee at about a 45° angle from the side opposite the
guard and focus the search on the side of the detainee closer to you
Squat and put your knee that is nearer the detainee on the detainee's lower back.
Note: This is done to ensure control, not to inflict pain or discomfort.
Direct the detainee to put the arm that is nearer the searcher behind the
detainee's back with the palm facing up.
Maintain positive control of that arm.
Grasp the detainee's other hand in a handshake hold, pull it across the top of the
hand already under control, apply disposable restraints, and tighten them.
Search the detainee.
Note: The body search is the prone frisk search. It is used to quickly detect
contraband or weapons that could be used to cause injury or death.
Use the bending and crushing technique, remove items as items are discovered, and
set them aside.
Note: Conduct same-gender searches when possible. If mixed-gender searches are
necessary for speed and security, conduct them in a respectful manner and in the
presence of an additional witness to address false claims of misconduct. Further,
consider your location at the time of the search and try to use any cover or
protective barrier when possible.
Bend the seams to determine if razor blades or similar devices are hidden.
Grasp loose clothing, pull it away from the skin, and squeeze it to detect objects
hidden under or within clothing.
Cover each area by repeating the crushing technique until you are sure there are no
hidden objects.
Announce loudly any weapon found so that the guard and interpreter can clearly hear
(for example, gun, knife, or razor).
Alert the guard.
Remain in firm contact with the detainee as you remove the weapon
from its hiding place.
Stand up with the weapon, being careful not to walk between the guard and the
detainee, and place the weapon a safe distance away within view of the guard.
Return to the detainee and continue searching.
Hold the disposable restraints between the detainee's hands and lift his/her arms
slightly. Search the area in the small of the back.
Release the disposable restraints and stand.
Move to the area of the detainee's waist and face the detainee's head, squat (but
do not rest your knee on the ground or on the detainee), and pivot (if required) to
conduct the rest of the search.
Remove the detainee's headgear (if not already removed).
Bend the seams, before crushing, to determine if razor blades or similar devices
are hidden.
Place the headgear on the floor or ground.
Search the detainee's head and hair.
Search the detainee from fingers to shoulders.
Search the collar and neck area (pull dog tags or necklace to the detainee's back).
Remove anything that could be used as a weapon.
Search the detainee's back from shoulder to waist on the side nearer the searcher.
Grasp the inside of the detainee's closer elbow.
Pull the detainee upward onto his/her side just high enough to search the front
(shoulder to waist) without placing the detainee completely on his/her side.
Note: When searching a female detainee at chest level, the searcher searches down
the middle of the bra; around the breast; below the bra; and along the connecting
point on the bra and the back, if the clasp is not there, for contraband.
Switch hands while controlling the detainee's elbow without changing position.
Search the detainee from waist to knee, including the crotch.
Note: Do not be timid while searching the detainee's groin area. Experience has
proven that this is a prime location for hiding weapons and contraband. Check it
thoroughly.
Return the detainee to the facedown position, release the elbow and remind the
detainee to keep his/her feet spread and his/her heels on the ground.
Direct the detainee to raise his/her leg by bending his/her knee.
Grasp the detainee's foot and search from the knee up to the foot. Check the
footwear edges and soles.
Check the top of the footwear by inserting a finger in the top edge and feeling for
weapons.
Check the footwear edges and soles.
Direct the detainee to put the foot back down.
Stand and move to the detainee's unsearched side. Move around the
detainee's head, but do not walk between the detainee and the guard.
Ensure that the guard rotates to the other side of the detainee (the side opposite
the side to be searched) while maintaining a 45-degree angle from the detainee's
head.
Squat beside the detainee with your body facing the same direction as the
detainee's head and search the other side in the same manner as the first.
Assist the detainee to stand.
Turn the detainee onto the side facing away from you.
Direct the detainee to bring his/her knees to his/her chest.
Grasp the detainee's arms at the shoulder area and assist him/her to his/her knees.
Pull back on the detainee's arms to help him/her rise to his/her feet.
Ensure that the guard remains focused on the detainee and gathers information as to
the detainee's demeanor.
Note: The DD Form 2745 and DA Form 4137 should be completed at the point of
capture. However, when you are in imminent danger, these two steps can be completed
once you and the detainee are in a safe location.
Complete a DD Form 2745.
Note: The DD Form 2745 is a perforated three-part form that is individually serial-
numbered. If you run out of DD Forms 2745, use a field expedient method to tag.
Ensure that the following minimum information is recorded:
The date and time of capture.
The detainee's name (if known).
Note: Use the DD Form 2745 number as the detainee's name to account for those who
are unable or unwilling to provide this information (for example, those who are
sick or injured and/or those who do not speak English if an interpreter is not
available).
The location of the capture (grid coordinates).
The capturing unit.
The circumstances of the capture, (for example, how the detainee was captured, did
the detainee resist, and did the detainee surrender). Record the following minimum
information:
Note: Due to the limited space on the DD Form 2745, you may need or be
required to document the circumstances of capture on a separate sheet of paper or
another form, such as the DA Form 2823 Sworn Statement.
Note: Circumstances of capture are essential in determining individual detainee
status, making subsequent decisions to release or detain, and collecting and
documenting items of intelligence and evidentiary value for custody transfer
decisions or future judicial proceedings.
Various groups, locations, and activities from which the individual detained was
operating.
The physical condition of the detainee.
The weapons the detainee had, if applicable.
Tag the detainee and his/her equipment. (If you are using a field- expedient
method, ensure that you make 3 copies to represent parts A, B, and C of the form.)
Distribute the DD Form 2745 tag as follows:
Ensure that part A is attached to the detainee.
Retain part B for yourself and/or the unit.
Ensure that part C is attached to confiscated property (an individual item or
attached to a bag or bundle).
Document property/evidence.
Mark all confiscated items with the detainee's DD Form 2745 number using one of the
following methods if time permits and materials are available:
Place the DD Form 2745 number in the "MPR/CIR Sequence Number" block of DA Form
4002 and annotate the item number from the DA Form 4137 and a short description in
the "Remarks" block.
Note: this is the preferred method for large items because it does not damage them.
Place the property/evidence in a resealable bag and mark the outside of the bag
with a permanent marker.
Note: This is the preferred method for small items.
Write the number directly on the property with a permanent marker.
Etch the number using a sharp object.
Note: Carefully consider how and where to place identification marks on items.
Unnecessary damage or destruction of items of personal property or valuable items
that may ultimately be returned to the detainee or suspect is unwarranted. To avoid
defacing or damaging items, identification markings should be as inconspicuous as
possible. Otherwise, place the item in a container that can be sealed and marked.
Prepare DA Form 4137.
Annotate the DD Form 2745 number in the "MPR/CID Sequence Number" block.
Insert the name of your unit in the "Receiving Activity" block.
Place an accurate description of the location where your organization is currently
based in the "Location" block (for example, the installation, state, and zip code
or the deployed base camp and/or operating base).
Enter the name, grade, and title (if known) of the person who owned
or possessed the confiscated items in the block labeled, "Name, Grade, and Title of
Person from Whom Received."
Check the "Owner" box if the person or detainee owns the property that you
confiscated during the search with the detainee's first name, middle initial, last
name, rank, and title.
Check the "Other" box if ownership is unknown. For example, a weapon is discovered
by another individual or turned in by another unit at the point of capture.
Enter "N/A" if the property does not come from a specific person (for example, the
item is found at a certain location or is collected during a search).
Enter the address of the person from whom you received the items in the "Address"
block, if known. If it did not come from a person (if it came from a crime scene or
point of capture), enter "N/A."
Fill in the "Location From Where Obtained" block. If evidence and/or property was
obtained from—
A person, enter "person of" and then enter the person's grade and last name and the
location where the evidence and/or property was collected. Describe where the item
was found on the person (for example, removed from left front pants pocket).
A location, annotate the exact location when the property was found in the area
that the detainee was captured (for example, a description might read, "two-story
house next to Exxon station on MSR Tampa IVO Baghdad").
Enter the reason for confiscation in the "Reason Obtained" block (for example,
enter "confiscated during search of the detainee").
Record the date-time group of confiscation or item discovery (1400 hrs/15 Sep 06).
Indicate the time span when they were collected (1400 hrs- 1500 hrs/15 Sep 06) if
several items were confiscated. Note the first time when the first item was taken
and note the last time when the last item was confiscated.
Enter the item numbers. List items consecutively.
List the quantity of each item in the "Quantity" column. (Like items may be listed
as a group. For example, 20 pills found in a container may be entered as one
entry.)
Describe each item in the "Description of Articles" block. Describe each item by
what can be observed. Use plain bond paper to record the continuation if necessary.
Specify where and how you marked the items for identification (for example, "Marked
for ID, 0090829 on barrel").
List the color, size, and shape.
Note: Never list or estimate the value of articles or describe the type of metal or
stone in items. For example, describe an item that looks like gold as gold- colored
metal.
List serial numbers or identifying marks if available.
Place continuous slashes (///) from the left border of the block to
the right border of the block to indicate the end of the list.
Complete the "Chain of Custody" portion of the form to transfer items from the
owner or individual from whom the item is obtained to the person receiving custody
of the items.
Write "1 through 3" in the "Item Number" column if three items are listed in the
"Description of Articles" block. The "Chain of Custody" portion of the form is also
used to transfer items from one person to another. If only certain items are
released, list only those items (for example, "Item 1 and 3").
Enter the date of the custody transfer in the "Date" block.
Fill in the "Released By" column as follows:
Enter the full name in the "Name, Grade, or Title" block if the property is
confiscated from an individual. Have the person sign in the "Signature" block.
Enter the words "Refused to sign" or "Unable to sign" in the "Signature" block if
the person refuses or is unable to sign. There is no legal requirement for the form
to be witnessed if the individual refuses to sign.
Enter "N/A" in the "Signature" block if the property does not come from a specific
person (for example, if it is obtained from the capture scene).
Fill in the "Received By" column (for example, enter the name, grade, or title of
the person taking custody).
Enter the reason for the custody transfer in the "Purpose of Change of Custody"
column (for example, "Confiscated from detainee," "Detainee transferred to holding
area," or "Detainee transferred to local authorities").
Bundle all property (if necessary) and place it in a secure location away from the
search area when the search is completed and you have confiscated all the
material found on the detainee (allow detainees to keep their helmets,
clothing, and any chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear protective
equipment once they have been searched thoroughly).
Note: Any material or method may be used to bundle property, as long as it is
secure, will protect the property, and can be marked in such a way that it can be
tracked with the detainee's DD Form 2745 number.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with role players as a guard and detainee. Provide the
detainee role player with props (a knife, handgun, and/or intelligence papers) to
guide on his/her person. The guard role player is not absolutely required to
evaluate this task but is recommended to add realism.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier to search the detainee according to the performance
steps unless otherwise directed by the evaluator. Instruct the Soldier whether you
want him/her to fill out the appropriate forms on any items confiscated or to
explain to you how he/she would complete them. Tell the guard
to provide security and not to assist the searcher in the performance of the task.
Tell the detainee to follow the instructions of the soldier and not to resist.
References:
Required: DA FORM 4002; DA FORM 4137; DD FORM 2745; FM 3-63
Related:
071-COM-0512
Perform Hand-to-Hand Combat
Conditions: You are a member of a dismounted squad conducting operations and you
have encountered an unarmed adversary. You may be equipped with personnel
protective equipment (PPE).
Standards: Dominate the enemy using the basic fighting strategy by achieving the
clinch, gaining a dominant position and finishing the fight.
Special Condition: None
Special Standards: None
Safety Risk: Low
Cue:None
Note: This task is only a basic introduction to combatives.
Close the distance.
Note: Controlling a standup fight means controlling the range between fighters. The
untrained fighter is primarily dangerous at punching range. The goal is to avoid
that range. Even if you are the superior striker, the most dangerous thing you can
do is to spend time at the range where the enemy has the highest probability of
victory.
Achieve the clinch.
Face your opponent, and assume the Fighting Stance just outside of kicking range.
Tuck your chin, and use your arms to cover your head while aggressively closing the
distance.
Drive your head into your opponent's chest.
Move your cupped hands to your opponent's biceps.
Aggressively fight for one of the dominant clinch positions.
Achieve the Modified Seatbelt Clinch. (Figure 071-COM-0512-1)
Figure 071-COM-0512-1. Modified Seatbelt Clinch.
Raise one of his arms.
Move yourself perpendicular to your opponent.
Reach around your opponent's waist to grab his opposite-side hip.
Pull his arm into your chest with your other arm.
Control his arm at the triceps.
Achieve the Double Under-hooks Clinch. (Figure 071-COM-0512-2)
Figure 071-COM-0512-2. Double Underhooks Clinch.
Drive your overhook hand (with a knife edge) under your opponent's underhook arm.
Clasp your hands in a Wrestler’s Grip behind your opponent, while keeping head
pressure on his chest.
Achieve the Rear Clinch. (Figure 071-COM-0512-3)
Figure 071-COM-0512-3. The Rear Clinch.
Step behind your opponent.
Clasp your hands around your opponent's waist in an Opposing Thumbs Grip.
Place your forehead in the small of his back to avoid strikes.
Note: From this secure position, you can attempt to take the opponent down.
Gain dominant position.
Achieve the Rear Mount. (Figure 071-COM-0512-4)
Figure 071-COM-0512-4. The Rear Mount
Place one arm under your opponent's armpit and the other over his opposite
shoulder.
Clasp your hands in an Opposing Thumbs Grip.
Wrap both legs around your opponent, with your heels hooked inside his legs
Note: Keep your head tucked to avoid headbutts.
Achieve the Mount. (Figure 071-COM-0512-5)
Note: The Mount allows the fighter to strike the opponent with punches, while
restricting the opponent’s ability to deliver effective return punches. The Mount
also provides the leverage to attack the opponent's upper body with chokes and
joint attacks.
Figure 071-COM-0512-5. The Mount.
Position your knees as high as possible toward the opponent's armpits.
Place your toes in line with or inside of your ankles to avoid injuring your ankles
when your opponent attempts to roll you over.
Achieve the Guard. (Figure 071-COM-0512-6)
Note: A fighter never wants to be under his opponent; the Guard enables him to
defend himself and transition off of his back into a more advantageous position.
The Guard allows the bottom fighter to exercise a certain amount of control over
the range by pushing out or pulling in his opponent with his legs and hips. With
skill, the bottom fighter can defend against strikes and even apply joint locks and
chokes.
Figure 071-COM-0512-6. The Guard.
Control opponent's arms at the elbows.
Lock your ankles around opponent's torso.
Achieve Side Control. (Figure 071-COM-0512-7)
Figure 071-COM-0512-7. Side Control.
Keep the leg closest to your opponent's head straight.
Bend the other leg so that the knee is near your opponent's hip.
Keep your head turned away to avoid knee strikes.
Place your elbow on the ground in the notch created by the opponent's head and
shoulder.
Position your other hand palm down on the ground under the opponent's near-side
hip.
Finish the Fight.
Note: When dominant body position has been achieved, the fighter can begin attempts
to finish the fight secure in the knowledge that if an attempt fails, as long as he
maintains dominant position, he may simply try again.
Achieve the Rear Naked Choke.(Figure 071-COM-0512-8)
Note: The Rear Naked Choke slows the flow of blood in the carotid arteries, which
can eventually cause your opponent to be rendered unconscious for a short period of
time.
Figure 071-COM-0512-8. Rear Naked Choke.
Place your bicep along one side of your opponent's neck; take your forearm and roll
it around to the other side of neck, his chin will line up with your elbow.
Tighten choke up and grab your shoulder or arm.
Place your opposite hand behind the head as if your combing his hair back.
Tuck your head in to avoid getting hit.
Roll your shoulders back, push chest forward and finish the choke.
Achieve the Cross Collar Choke from the Mount and Guard. (Figure 071-COM-0512-9 and
10)
Note: The Cross-Collar Choke is a blood choke that can only be employed when your
opponent is wearing a durable shirt. This choke should be performed from either the
Mount or Guard.
Figure 071-COM-0512-9. Cross Collar Choke.
Figure 071-COM-0512-10. Cross Collar Choke Continued.
hand.
Open your opponent's same-side collar With your non-dominant
Reach across your body, and insert your dominant hand into the
collar you just opened.
Relax the dominant hand, and reach all the way behind your opponent's neck.
Grasp his collar with your fingers on the inside and your thumb on the outside.
Release the grip of your non-dominant hand, and move your dominant-side forearm
across your opponent's neck under the first arm, clearing his chin.
Reach all the way back untilyour dominant hand meets the other hand using the same
grip.
Turn your wrists so that your palms face you, and pull your opponent into you.
Expand your chest,and pinch your shoulders together.
Bring your elbows to your hips to finish the choke.
Achieve the Bent Arm Bar from the Mount and Side Control. (Figure
071-COM-0512-11)
Note: The Bent Arm Bar is a joint lock that attacks the shoulder girdle. This
technique can be employed from either the Mount or Side Control.
Figure 071-COM-0512-11. Bent Arm Bar.
grip.
Drive your opponent's wrist and elbow to the ground with thumbless
Move your elbow to the notch created by your opponent's neck and
shoulder.
Keep your head on the back of your hand to protect your face from
strikes.
Place your other hand under his elbow.
Grab your own wrist with a Thumbless Grip.
Drag the back of your opponent's hand toward his waistline.
Lift his elbow, and dislocate his shoulder.
Achieve the Straight Arm Bar from the Mount. (Figure 071-COM- 0512-12)
Note: The Straight Arm Bar is a joint lock designed to damage the elbow.
While this exercise outlines a Straight Arm Bar performed from the Mount, this
technique can be performed from any dominant position.
Figure 071-COM-0512-12. Straight Arm Bar from the Mount.
Decide which arm you wish to attack.
Isolate that arm by placing your opposite-side hand in the middle of your
opponent's chest, between his arms.
Target the unaffected arm and press down to prevent your opponent from getting off
the flat of his back.
Loop your same-side arm around the targeted arm and place that hand in the middle
of your opponent's chest, applying greater pressure.
Place all of your weight on your opponent's chest and raise to your feet in a very
low squat.
Turn your body 90 degrees to face the targeted arm.
Bring the foot nearest to your opponent's head around his face, and plant it in the
crook of his neck on the opposite side of the targeted arm.
Slide your hips down the targeted arm, keeping your buttocks tight to your
opponent's shoulder.
Grips.
Secure your opponent's wrist with both of your hands in Thumb
Keep his thumb pointed skyward to achieve the correct angle.
Pull your heels tight to your buttocks, and pinch your knees
together tightly with the upper arm trapped between your knees, not resting on your
groin.
Apply steady pressure by trapping your opponent's wrist on your chest, and arching
your hips skyward.
Achieve the Straight Arm Bar from the Guard. (Figure 071-COM-0512-
13)
Note: Fighting from your back can be very dangerous. When your opponent attempts to
strike and apply chokes from within your Guard, use the Straight Arm Bar from the
Guard, a joint lock designed to damage the elbow.
Figure 071-COM-0512-13. Straight Arm Bar from the Guard.
Secure the arm at or above the elbow when your opponent presents a straight arm.
Hold your opponent's elbow for the remainder of the move.
Insert your other hand under the opponent's thigh on the side opposite the targeted
arm.
Note: The hand should be palm up.
Open your Guard, and bring your legs up, while curling your back to limit the
friction.
Contort your body by pulling with the hand that is on the back of your opponent's
thigh.
Bring your head to his knee.
Place your leg over his head.
Grab your opponent, and pull him down by pulling your heels to your buttocks and
pinching your knees together with your leg.
Move the hand that was behind your opponent's thigh to grasp the wrist that you
secured at the elbow with a Thumb Grip.
Curl your calf downward and push up with your hips to break your opponent's arm.
Achieve the Guillotine Choke. (Figure 071-COM-0512-14 and Figure 071-COM-0512-15)
Figure 071-COM-0512-14. Guillotine Choke.
Figure 071-COM-0512-15. Guillotine Choke Continued.
Direct your opponent's head underneath one of your arms, and take a step back when
your opponent charges your legs.
Wrap your arm around your opponent's head and under his neck.
Grasp the first hand where a watch would be with your other hand, ensuring that you
have not reached around your opponent's arm.
Cinch the choke by bringing your arm further around your opponent's head, improving
your grip.
Cinch up the choke and sit down to place him in your guard.
Note: Your palm should be facing your own chest.
Sit Down.
Place your opponent within your Guard.
Finish the choke by pulling with your arms and pushing with your
legs.
Evaluation Preparation:
Setup: Provide the Soldier with the equipment and or materials described in the
conditions statement.
Brief Soldier: Tell the Soldier what is expected of him by reviewing the task
standards. Stress to the Soldier the
importance of observing all cautions, warnings, and dangers to avoid injury to
personnel and, if applicable, damage to equipment.
Evaluation Guidance: Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed.
Score the Soldier NO-GO if any performance measure is failed. If the Soldier scores
a NO-GO, show the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly.
References: Required:
Related: TC 3-25.150
This page intentionally left blank.
APPENDIX A
Battle Drills
React to Contact:
Engage Targets with Individually assigned weapon 071-COM-0502 Move under Direct
Fire
071-COM-0608 Use Visual Signaling Techniques 113-COM-1022 Perform Voice
Communications
071-COM-0503 Move over, Through, or Around Obstacles (Except Minefields)
071-COM-0510 React to Indirect Fire while dismounted 071-COM-0513 Select Hasty
Fighting Positions
071-COM-0501 Move as a member of a Fire Team 071-COM-4407 Employ Hand Grenades
071-COM-1271 Identify Visual Indicators of an Improvised Expolsive Device 071-COM-
1270 React to Possible Improvised Explosive Devise
Establish Security at the Halt:
Engage Targets with Individually assigned weapon 071-COM-0801 Challenge Persons
Entering your Area 071-COM-1004 Perform Duty as a Guard
071-COM-0815 Practice Noise and Light Discipline
113-COM-2070 Operate SINCGARS Single-Channel (SC) 113-COM-1022 Perform Voice
Communications
171-COM-4079 Send a Situation Report (SITREP) 171-COM-4080 Send a Spot Report
(SPOTREP) 071-COM-0513 Select Hasty Fighting Positions 071-COM-0608 Use Visual
Signaling Techniques
052-COM-1361 Camouflage Yourself and Individual Equipment 071-COM-4408 Construct an
Individual Fighting Position Perform Tactical Combat Casualty Care:
081-COM-0101 Request Medical Evacuation 081-COM-1001 Evaluate a Casualty
081-COM-1005 Perform First Aid to Prevent or Control Shock 081-COM-1023 Open an
Airway
081-COM-1046 Transport a Casualty 081-COM-1054 Evacuate Casualty
191-COM-0008 Search an Individual in a Tactical Environment 191-COM-0048 Apply a
Combat Action Tourniquet (CAT) 081-COM-1055 Apply a Fox Eye Shield
081-COM-0013 Initiate a DD Form 1380 Tactical Combat Casualty Care (TCCC) Card
191-COM-1054 Apply an Emergency Bandage 191-COM-0099 Apply a Hemostatic Dressing
191-COM-0069 Apply a Occlusive Dressing
STP 21-1-SMCT 28 September 2017 A-1
081-COM-1007 Perform First Aid for Burns 113-COM-1022 Perform Voice Communications
React to Ambush:
Near-
Engage Targets with Individually assigned weapon 052-COM-1271 Identify visual
indicators of an IED 052-COM-3261 React to an IED attack
071-COM-0512 React to Hand-to-Hand Combat 071-COM-0030 Engage targets with M4/M16
Rifle 071-COM-4407 Employ hand grenades
071-COM-0501 Move as a member of a team 071-COM-0502 Move under direct fire
071-COM-0513 Select Hasty fighting positions 071-COM-0608 Use visual signal
techniques 113-COM-1022 Perform voice communications Far-
Engage Targets with Individually assigned weapon 052-COM-1270 React to an IED
attack
071-COM-0501 Move as a member of a team 071-COM-0513 Select Hasty fighting
positions 113-COM-1022 Perform voice communications 071-COM-0608 Use visual signal
techniques
071-COM-0510 React to Indirect Fire dismounted
071-COM-0030 Engage Targets with individual weapon
Appendix B
Proponent School or Agency Codes
The first three digits of the task number identify the proponent school or agency
responsible for the task. Record any comments or questions regarding the task
summaries contained in this manual on a DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to
Publications and Blank Forms) and send it to the proponent school with an
information copy to:
Commander, U.S. Army Training Support Center ATTN: ATIC-ITSC-CM
Fort Eustis, VA 23604-5166.
B-2 28 September 2017 STP 21-1-SMCT
This Page intentionally left blank.
Section I
Acronyms & Abbreviations
GLOSSARY
5-Cs confirm, clear, call, cordon, and control
AAL additional authorization list
ACE air combat element (NATO);analysis and control element;armored combat
earthmover;assistant corps engineer;aviation combat element (USMC); Avenger Control
Electronics
ADA air defense artillery; audio distribution amplifier; American Dietetic
Association
AO area of operations
APC armored personnel carrier; activity processing code
AVPU alertness, responsiveness to vocal stimuli, responsiveness to painful
stimuli, unresponsiveness
BII basic issue items
BSI body substance isolation; Base Support Installation
CASEVAC casualty evacuation
CBRN chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear
CPR cardiopulmonary resuscitation
CSF cerebrospinal fluid
CWIED command wire improvised explosive device
DETCORD detonator cord
EH explosive hazards
EOF escalation of force
EPW enemy prisoner of war
F frequency; fail; Fahrenheit; full; failed; Feeder; FMC
FM field manual; frequency modulatedmodulation; flare multiunit; force module
FMC full mission-capable; field medical card
FMI field manual-interim; Failure Mode Identifier (indicates type of failure
experienced by components. FMI has been adopted from SAE practice of J1587
diagnostics)
FOB forward operating operationsoperational base; Free on Board
FW Fixed Wing; Framework
GTA graphic training aid
HQ headquarters
IBA individual ballistic armor
IED imitative electromagnetic deception;improvised explosive device
JP joint publication
LACE liquid, ammunition, casualty, and equipment
LN; ln local national; lane
MANPADS man-portable air defense system
STP 21-1-SMCT 28 September 2017 Glossary-1
MEDEVAC medical evacuation
METT-TC A memory aid used in two contexts: (1) In the context of information
management, the major subject categories into which relevant information is grouped
for military operations: mission, enemy, terrain and weather, troops and support
available, time available, civil considerations.
(2) In the context of tactics, the major factors considered during mission
analysis. [Note: the Marine Corps uses METT-T: mission, enemy, terrain and weather,
troops and support available-time available.] (FM 6-0)
MIJI meaconing, interference, jamming, and intrusion
MOI message of interest; Material of Interest; memorandum of instruction;
mechanism of injury
NBC nuclear, biological, and chemical
NGO nongovernmental organization; national government organization
NPA net pay advice; nasopharyngeal airway
OAKOC observation and fields of fire, avenues of approach, key terrain, obstacles,
and cover and concealment
P needs practice; pass; passed; barometric pressure; mean radius of curvature;
positions; power; Propagated Booster; PMC
PBIED person-borne improvised explosive device
PIR priority intelligence requirements; priority information requirements
PZ pickup zone
RCIED radio controlled improvised explosive device
ROE rules of engagement
RPG rocket-propelled grenade
RTO radio/telephone operator
RW rotary wing; readwriter
SALUTE size, activity, location, unit, time, and equipment
SMCT Soldier's Manual of Common Tasks
SOI signal operating/operation instructions
SOP standing operating procedure
STP shielded twisted pair; Soldier Training Publication; spanning-tree protocol;
Soldier training plan
SURG surgeon
SVBIED suicide vehicle-borne improvised explosive device
TC technical coordinator; training circular; track commander; tank commander;
tactical commander; technical configuration
TCCC tactical combat casualty care
TTP tactics, techniques, and procedures
US United States; ultrasound
VBIED vehicle borne improvised explosive device
VOIED victim-operated improvised explosive device
Glossary-2 28 September 2017 STP 21-1-SMCT
cont continued; continuous; continuous fire; controlled substance
pnt patient
STP-21-1- SMCT 28 September 2017 Glossary-3
This Page intentionally left blank.
REFERENCES
Required Publications
Required publications are sources that users must read in order to understand or to
comply with this publication.
JOINT PUBLICATIONS
Most joint publications are available online at
www.dtic.mil/doctrine/new_pubs/jointpub.htm
DoD Dictionary of Military and Associated Terms, August 2017.
ACP 125 F. Communications Instructions Radiotelephone Proceedures. 5 September
2001. http://www.navybmr.com/study%20material/ACP%20125
.pdf
ACP 131. Communications Instructions Operating Signals,
April 2009
http://wow.uscgaux.info/Uploads_wowII/114-
01/Comms/ACP131F09_Operating Z
Q Signals.pdf
ARMY PUBLICATIONS
Army regulations are available on the APD Web Site (www.apd.army.mil)
ADP 3-0. Operations. 11 November 2016.
ADP 7-0. Training Units and Developing Leader. 23 August 2012.
ADRP 1-02. Terms and Military Symbols, 16 November 2016.
ATP 3-11.32/MCWP 3-37-.2/NTTP 3-11.37. Multi-Service
Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and
Nuclear Passive Defense. 5 May 2016.
ATP 3-11.37/MCWP 3-37.4/NTTP 3-11.29/AFTTP 3-2.44.
Multi-Service Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Chemical, Biological,
Radiological, and Nuclear Reconnaissance and Surveillance. 25 March 2013.
ATP 3-37.34. Survivability Operations, 28 June 2013
ATP 4-02.2. Medical Evacuation. 12 August 2014.
ATP 4-25.13. Casualty Evacuation. 15 February 2013.
ATP 5-19. Risk Management. 14 April 2014.
DA PAM 750-8. The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) User’s Manual. 22
August 2005.
ECBC-SP-036. Guidelines for Mass Casualty Decontamination during an Hazmat/Weapon
of Mass Destruction Incident: Volumes I and II. August 2013.
http://www.nfpa.org/~/media/files/news-and-
research/resources/external-links/first-
responders/decontamination/ecbc_guide_masscasualtydec ontam_0813.pdf?la=en
FM 3-63. Detainee Operations. 28 April 2014.
FM 6-99. US Army Report and message Formats. 19 August 2013.
FM 21-60. Visual Signal. 30 September 1987.
Principles of Mass Casualty Decontamination. August 2013.
http://www.nfpa.org/~/media/files/news-and-
research/resources/external-links/first-
responders/decontamination/ecbc_guide_masscasualtydec ontam_0813.pdf?la=en
TB 9-2320-280-35-2 Installation Instructions for Systems Single Channel Ground and
Airborne Radio System (SINCGARS). 17 September 2005.
TC 3-21.75. The Warrior Ethos and Soldier Combat Skills.
13 August 2013.
TC 3-22.6. Guard Duty. 13 January 2017.
TC 3-22.9. Rifle and Carbine. 13 May 2016.
TC 3-23.30. Grenades and Pyrotechnic Signals. 22 November 2013.
TC 4-02.1. First Aid. 5 August 2016.
TC 7-100. Hybrid Threat. 26 November 2010
TM 3-11.32. Multi-Service Reference for Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and
Nuclear Warning and Reporting and Hazard Prediction Procedures. 15 May 2017.
TM 3-23.25. Shoulder-Launched Munitions (This Item Is Published W/ Basic Incl. C1).
15 September 2010.
TM 3-4230-229-10. Operators Manual for Decontaminating Kit, Skin: M291, (NSN 4230-
01-251-8702). 2 October 1989.
TM 3-4230-235-10. Operators Manual for Decontaminating Kit, Individual Equipment:
M295 (NSN 6850-01-357- 8456). 21 November 2008.
TM 3-4240-542-13&P. Operator and field maintenance Manual (including Repair Parts
and Special Tools List) for Mask, Chemical-Biological: Joint Service General
Purpose, Field, M50 Purpose, Field, M50.
30 May 2008.
TM 3-6665-311-10. Operators Manual for Paper Chemical Agent Detector: M9. 31 August
1998.
TM 3-9905-002-10. Technical Manual Operator`s Manual for Sign Kit, Contamination:
CBRN, M328 (NSN: 9905- 01-567-7295) {NAVY SS200-A1-MMO-010}. 10
November 2011
TM 9-1005-319-10. Operator’s Manual for Rifle, 5.56 MM, M16A2 (NSN 1005-01-128-
9936), (EIC: 4GM) Rifle, 5.56 MM, M16A3 (NSN 1005-01-357-5112) Rifle, 5.56 MM,
M16A4 (NSN 1005-01-383-2872) (EIC: 4F9) Carbine, 5.56 MM, M4 (NSN 1005-01-231-0973)
(EIC: 4FJ) CARBINE, 5.56 MM, M4A1 (NSN 1005-01-382-
0953) (EIC: 4GC). 1 August 2016.
TM 9-1330-200-12. Operators and organizational Maintenance Manual for Grenades {TM
1330-12/1A} 17 September 1971.
TM 10-8415-209-10. Operators Manual for Individual Chemical Protective Clothing.
31 March 1993.
TM 10-8415-220-10. Operators Manual for Joint Service Lightweight Integrated Suit
technology (JSLIST) Chemical Protective Ensemble. 28 July 2008.
TM 11-5820-890-13&P-1. Operator and Field Maintenance Manual Including Repair
Parts And Special Tools List For SINCGARS Ground ICOM Combat Net Radio: AN/PRC-119
(NSN: 5820-01-267-9482)(EIC: L2Q) AN/PRC-119D (NSN: 5820-01-421-0801)(EIC: GC9)
AN/PRC-119F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8252)(EIC: GA4) AN/VRC-87A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9480)
(EIC: L22) AN/VRC-87C (NSN: 5820-01-304-2045)(EIC: GDC) AN/VRC-87D (NSN: 5820-01-
351-5259)(EIC: GAR) AN/VRC-87F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8248)(EIC: GA5) AN/VRC-88A (NSN:
5820-01-267-9481)(EIC: L23) AN/VRC-88D (NSN: 5820-01-352-1694)(EIC: GAS) AN/VRC-88F
(NSN: 5820-01-452-8435)(EIC: GA3) AN/VRC-89A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9479)(EIC: L24)
AN/VRC-89D (NSN: 5820-01-420-6619)(EIC: GD8) AN/VRC-89F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8247)
(EIC: GAY) AN/PRC-90A (NSN: 5820-01-267-5105)(EIC: L25) AN/VRC-90D (NSN: 5820-01-
420-6618)(EIC: GD9) AN/VRC-90F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8246)(EIC: GA2) AN/VRC-91A (NSN:
5820-01-267-9478)(EIC: L26) AN/VRC-91D (NSN: 5820-01-420-6621)(EIC: GDG) AN/VRC-91F
(NSN: 5820-01-451-8249)(EIC: GA8) AN/VRC-92A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9477)(EIC: L27)
AN/VRC-92D (NSN: 5820-01-421-2605)(EIC: GDH) AN/VRC-92F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8250)
(EIC: GM2)
(This item is included on EM 0239. 1 August 2014.
TM 11-5820-890-13&P-2. Operator and Field Maintenance Manual Including Repair
Parts And Special Tools List For SINCGARS Ground ICOM Combat Net Radio:
AN/PRC-119 (NSN: 5820-01-267-9482)(EIC: L2Q) AN/PRC-119D (NSN: 5820-01-421-0801)
(EIC: GC9) AN/PRC-119F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8252)(EIC: GA4) AN/VRC-87A (NSN: 5820-01-
267-9480)(EIC: L22) AN/VRC-87C (NSN: 5820-01-304-2045)(EIC: GDC) AN/VRC-87D (NSN:
5820-01-351-5259)(EIC: GAR) AN/VRC-87F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8248)(EIC: GA5) AN/VRC-88A
(NSN: 5820-01-267-9481)(EIC: L23) AN/VRC-88D (NSN: 5820-01-352-1694)(EIC: GAS)
AN/VRC-88F (NSN: 5820-01-452-8435)(EIC: GA3) AN/VRC-89A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9479)
(EIC: L24) AN/VRC-89D (NSN: 5820-01-420-6619)(EIC: GD8) AN/VRC-89F (NSN: 5820-01-
451-8247)(EIC: GAY) AN/PRC-90A (NSN: 5820-01-267-5105)(EIC: L25) AN/VRC-90D (NSN:
5820-01-420-6618)(EIC: GD9) AN/VRC-90F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8246)(EIC: GA2) AN/VRC-91A
(NSN: 5820-01-267-9478)(EIC: L26) AN/VRC-91D (NSN: 5820-01-420-6621)(EIC: GDG)
AN/VRC-91F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8249)(EIC: GA8) AN/VRC-92A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9477)
(EIC: L27) AN/VRC-92D (NSN: 5820-01-421-2605)(EIC: GDH) AN/VRC-92F (NSN: 5820-01-
451-8250)(EIC: GM2) (THIS ITEM IS INCLUDED ON EM 0239). 1 August 2014.
TM 11-5820-890-13&P-3. Operator and Field Maintenance Manual Including Repair
Parts And Special Tools List For SINCGARS Ground ICOM Combat Net Radio: AN/PRC-119
(NSN: 5820-01-267-9482)(EIC: L2Q) AN/PRC-119D (NSN: 5820-01-421-0801)(EIC: GC9)
AN/PRC-119F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8252)(EIC: GA4) AN/VRC-87A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9480)
(EIC: L22) AN/VRC-87C (NSN: 5820-01-304-2045)(EIC: GDC) AN/VRC-87D (NSN: 5820-01-
351-5259)(EIC: GAR) AN/VRC-87F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8248)(EIC: GA5) AN/VRC-88A (NSN:
5820-01-267-9481)(EIC: L23) AN/VRC-88D (NSN: 5820-01-352-1694)(EIC: GAS) AN/VRC-88F
(NSN: 5820-01-452-8435)(EIC: GA3) AN/VRC-89A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9479)(EIC: L24)
AN/VRC-89D (NSN: 5820-01-420-6619)(EIC: GD8) AN/VRC-89F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8247)
(EIC: GAY) AN/PRC-90A (NSN: 5820-01-267-5105)(EIC: L25) AN/VRC-90D (NSN: 5820-01-
420-6618)(EIC: GD9) AN/VRC-90F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8246)(EIC: GA2) AN/VRC-91A (NSN:
5820-01-267-9478)(EIC: L26) AN/VRC-91D (NSN: 5820-01-420-6621)(EIC: GDG) AN/VRC-91F
(NSN: 5820-01-451-8249)(EIC: GA8) AN/VRC-92A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9477)(EIC: L27)
AN/VRC-92D (NSN: 5820-01-421-2605)(EIC: GDH)
AN/VRC-92F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8250)(EIC: GM2) (THIS ITEM IS INCLUDED ON EM 0239). 1
August 2014.
TM 11-5820-890-13&P-4. Operator and Field Maintenance Manual Including Repair
Parts And Special Tools List For SINCGARS Ground ICOM Combat Net Radio: AN/PRC-119
(NSN: 5820-01-267-9482)(EIC: L2Q) AN/PRC-119D (NSN: 5820-01-421-0801)(EIC: GC9)
AN/PRC-119F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8252)(EIC: GA4) AN/VRC-87A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9480)
(EIC: L22) AN/VRC-87C (NSN: 5820-01-304-2045)(EIC: GDC) AN/VRC-87D (NSN: 5820-01-
351-5259)(EIC: GAR) AN/VRC-87F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8248)(EIC: GA5) AN/VRC-88A (NSN:
5820-01-267-9481)(EIC: L23) AN/VRC-88D (NSN: 5820-01-352-1694)(EIC: GAS) AN/VRC-88F
(NSN: 5820-01-452-8435)(EIC: GA3) AN/VRC-89A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9479)(EIC: L24)
AN/VRC-89D (NSN: 5820-01-420-6619)(EIC: GD8) AN/VRC-89F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8247)
(EIC: GAY) AN/PRC-90A (NSN: 5820-01-267-5105)(EIC: L25) AN/VRC-90D (NSN: 5820-01-
420-6618)(EIC: GD9) AN/VRC-90F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8246)(EIC: GA2) AN/VRC-91A (NSN:
5820-01-267-9478)(EIC: L26) AN/VRC-91D (NSN: 5820-01-420-6621)(EIC: GDG) AN/VRC-91F
(NSN: 5820-01-451-8249)(EIC: GA8) AN/VRC-92A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9477)(EIC: L27)
AN/VRC-92D (NSN: 5820-01-421-2605)(EIC: GDH) AN/VRC-92F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8250)
(EIC: GM2) (THIS ITEM IS INCLUDED ON EM 0239). 1 August 2014.
TM 11-5820-890-13&P-5. Operator and Field Maintenance Manual Including Repair
Parts And Special Tools List For SINCGARS Ground ICOM Combat Net Radio: AN/PRC-119
(NSN: 5820-01-267-9482)(EIC: L2Q) AN/PRC-119D (NSN: 5820-01-421-0801)(EIC: GC9)
AN/PRC-119F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8252)(EIC: GA4) AN/VRC-87A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9480)
(EIC: L22) AN/VRC-87C (NSN: 5820-01-304-2045)(EIC: GDC) AN/VRC-87D (NSN: 5820-01-
351-5259)(EIC: GAR) AN/VRC-87F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8248)(EIC: GA5) AN/VRC-88A (NSN:
5820-01-267-9481)(EIC: L23) AN/VRC-88D (NSN: 5820-01-352-1694)(EIC: GAS) AN/VRC-88F
(NSN: 5820-01-452-8435)(EIC: GA3) AN/VRC-89A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9479)(EIC: L24)
AN/VRC-89D (NSN: 5820-01-420-6619)(EIC: GD8) AN/VRC-89F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8247)
(EIC: GAY) AN/PRC-90A (NSN: 5820-01-267-5105)(EIC: L25) AN/VRC-90D (NSN: 5820-01-
420-6618)(EIC: GD9)
AN/VRC-90F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8246)(EIC: GA2) AN/VRC-91A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9478)
(EIC: L26) AN/VRC-91D (NSN: 5820-01-420-6621)(EIC: GDG) AN/VRC-91F (NSN: 5820-01-
451-8249)(EIC: GA8) AN/VRC-92A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9477)(EIC: L27) AN/VRC-92D (NSN:
5820-01-421-2605)(EIC: GDH) AN/VRC-92F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8250)(EIC: GM2) (THIS ITEM
IS INCLUDED ON EM 0239). 1 August 2014.
TM 11-5820-890-13&P-6. Operator and Field Maintenance Manual Including Repair
Parts And Special Tools List For SINCGARS Ground ICOM Combat Net Radio: AN/PRC-119
(NSN: 5820-01-267-9482)(EIC: L2Q) AN/PRC-119D (NSN: 5820-01-421-0801)(EIC: GC9)
AN/PRC-119F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8252)(EIC: GA4) AN/VRC-87A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9480)
(EIC: L22) AN/VRC-87C (NSN: 5820-01-304-2045)(EIC: GDC) AN/VRC-87D (NSN: 5820-01-
351-5259)(EIC: GAR) AN/VRC-87F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8248)(EIC: GA5) AN/VRC-88A (NSN:
5820-01-267-9481)(EIC: L23) AN/VRC-88D (NSN: 5820-01-352-1694)(EIC: GAS) AN/VRC-88F
(NSN: 5820-01-452-8435)(EIC: GA3) AN/VRC-89A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9479)(EIC: L24)
AN/VRC-89D (NSN: 5820-01-420-6619)(EIC: GD8) AN/VRC-89F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8247)
(EIC: GAY) AN/PRC-90A (NSN: 5820-01-267-5105)(EIC: L25) AN/VRC-90D (NSN: 5820-01-
420-6618)(EIC: GD9) AN/VRC-90F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8246)(EIC: GA2) AN/VRC-91A (NSN:
5820-01-267-9478)(EIC: L26) AN/VRC-91D (NSN: 5820-01-420-6621)(EIC: GDG) AN/VRC-91F
(NSN: 5820-01-451-8249)(EIC: GA8) AN/VRC-92A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9477)(EIC: L27)
AN/VRC-92D (NSN: 5820-01-421-2605)(EIC: GDH) AN/VRC-92F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8250)
(EIC: GM2) (THIS ITEM IS INCLUDED ON EM 0239). 1 August 2014.
TM 11-5820-890-13&P-7. Operator and Field Maintenance Manual Including Repair
Parts And Special Tools List For SINCGARS Ground ICOM Combat Net Radio: AN/PRC-119
(NSN: 5820-01-267-9482)(EIC: L2Q) AN/PRC-119D (NSN: 5820-01-421-0801)(EIC: GC9)
AN/PRC-119F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8252)(EIC: GA4) AN/VRC-87A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9480)
(EIC: L22) AN/VRC-87C (NSN: 5820-01-304-2045)(EIC: GDC) AN/VRC-87D (NSN: 5820-01-
351-5259)(EIC: GAR) AN/VRC-87F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8248)(EIC: GA5) AN/VRC-88A (NSN:
5820-01-267-9481)(EIC: L23) AN/VRC-88D (NSN: 5820-01-352-1694)(EIC: GAS)
AN/VRC-88F (NSN: 5820-01-452-8435)(EIC: GA3) AN/VRC-89A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9479)
(EIC: L24) AN/VRC-89D (NSN: 5820-01-420-6619)(EIC: GD8) AN/VRC-89F (NSN: 5820-01-
451-8247)(EIC: GAY) AN/PRC-90A (NSN: 5820-01-267-5105)(EIC: L25) AN/VRC-90D (NSN:
5820-01-420-6618)(EIC: GD9) AN/VRC-90F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8246)(EIC: GA2) AN/VRC-91A
(NSN: 5820-01-267-9478)(EIC: L26) AN/VRC-91D (NSN: 5820-01-420-6621)(EIC: GDG)
AN/VRC-91F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8249)(EIC: GA8) AN/VRC-92A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9477)
(EIC: L27) AN/VRC-92D (NSN: 5820-01-421-2605)(EIC: GDH) AN/VRC-92F (NSN: 5820-01-
451-8250)(EIC: GM2) (THIS ITEM IS INCLUDED ON EM 0239). 1 August 2014.
TM 11-5820-890-13&P-8. Operator and Field Maintenance Manual Including Repair
Parts And Special Tools List For SINCGARS Ground ICOM Combat Net Radio: AN/PRC-119
(NSN: 5820-01-267-9482)(EIC: L2Q) AN/PRC-119D (NSN: 5820-01-421-0801)(EIC: GC9)
AN/PRC-119F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8252)(EIC: GA4) AN/VRC-87A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9480)
(EIC: L22) AN/VRC-87C (NSN: 5820-01-304-2045)(EIC: GDC) AN/VRC-87D (NSN: 5820-01-
351-5259)(EIC: GAR) AN/VRC-87F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8248)(EIC: GA5) AN/VRC-88A (NSN:
5820-01-267-9481)(EIC: L23) AN/VRC-88D (NSN: 5820-01-352-1694)(EIC: GAS) AN/VRC-88F
(NSN: 5820-01-452-8435)(EIC: GA3) AN/VRC-89A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9479)(EIC: L24)
AN/VRC-89D (NSN: 5820-01-420-6619)(EIC: GD8) AN/VRC-89F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8247)
(EIC: GAY) AN/PRC-90A (NSN: 5820-01-267-5105)(EIC: L25) AN/VRC-90D (NSN: 5820-01-
420-6618)(EIC: GD9) AN/VRC-90F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8246)(EIC: GA2) AN/VRC-91A (NSN:
5820-01-267-9478)(EIC: L26) AN/VRC-91D (NSN: 5820-01-420-6621)(EIC: GDG) AN/VRC-91F
(NSN: 5820-01-451-8249)(EIC: GA8) AN/VRC-92A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9477)(EIC: L27)
AN/VRC-92D (NSN: 5820-01-421-2605)(EIC: GDH) AN/VRC-92F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8250)
(EIC: GM2) (THIS ITEM IS INCLUDED ON EM 0239). 1 August 2014.
TM 11-5820-890-13&P-9. Operator and Field Maintenance Manual Including Repair
Parts And Special Tools List For SINCGARS Ground ICOM Combat Net Radio: AN/PRC-119
(NSN: 5820-01-267-9482)(EIC: L2Q) AN/PRC-119D (NSN: 5820-01-421-0801)(EIC: GC9)
AN/PRC-119F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8252)(EIC: GA4)
AN/VRC-87A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9480)(EIC: L22) AN/VRC-87C (NSN: 5820-01-304-2045)
(EIC: GDC) AN/VRC-87D (NSN: 5820-01-351-5259)(EIC: GAR) AN/VRC-87F (NSN: 5820-01-
451-8248)(EIC: GA5) AN/VRC-88A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9481)(EIC: L23) AN/VRC-88D (NSN:
5820-01-352-1694)(EIC: GAS) AN/VRC-88F (NSN: 5820-01-452-8435)(EIC: GA3) AN/VRC-89A
(NSN: 5820-01-267-9479)(EIC: L24) AN/VRC-89D (NSN: 5820-01-420-6619)(EIC: GD8)
AN/VRC-89F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8247)(EIC: GAY) AN/PRC-90A (NSN: 5820-01-267-5105)
(EIC: L25) AN/VRC-90D (NSN: 5820-01-420-6618)(EIC: GD9) AN/VRC-90F (NSN: 5820-01-
451-8246)(EIC: GA2) AN/VRC-91A (NSN: 5820-01-267-9478)(EIC: L26) AN/VRC-91D (NSN:
5820-01-420-6621)(EIC: GDG) AN/VRC-91F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8249)(EIC: GA8) AN/VRC-92A
(NSN: 5820-01-267-9477)(EIC: L27) AN/VRC-92D (NSN: 5820-01-421-2605)(EIC: GDH)
AN/VRC-92F (NSN: 5820-01-451-8250)(EIC: GM2) (THIS ITEM IS INCLUDED ON EM 0239). 1
August 2014.
TM 11-5820-890-13&P-10. Operator and Field Maintenance Manual Including Repair
Parts And Special Tools List For SINCGARS Ground ICOM Combat Net Radio: AN/PRC-119
(NSN: 5820-01-267- 9482)(EIC: L2Q) AN/PRC-119D (NSN: 5820-01-421-
0801)(EIC: GC9) AN/PRC-119F (NSN: 5820-01-451-
8252)(EIC: GA4) AN/VRC-87A (NSN: 5820-01-267-
9480)(EIC: L22) AN/VRC-87C (NSN: 5820-01-304-
2045)(EIC: GDC) AN/VRC-87D (NSN: 5820-01-351-
5259)(EIC: GAR) AN/VRC-87F (NSN: 5820-01-451-
8248)(EIC: GA5) AN/VRC-88A (NSN: 5820-01-267-
9481)(EIC: L23) AN/VRC-88D (NSN: 5820-01-352-
1694)(EIC: GAS) AN/VRC-88F (NSN: 5820-01-452-
8435)(EIC: GA3) AN/VRC-89A (NSN: 5820-01-267-
9479)(EIC: L24) AN/VRC-89D (NSN: 5820-01-420-
6619)(EIC: GD8) AN/VRC-89F (NSN: 5820-01-451-
8247)(EIC: GAY) AN/PRC-90A (NSN: 5820-01-267-
5105)(EIC: L25) AN/VRC-90D (NSN: 5820-01-420-
6618)(EIC: GD9) AN/VRC-90F (NSN: 5820-01-451-
8246)(EIC: GA2) AN/VRC-91A (NSN: 5820-01-267-
9478)(EIC: L26) AN/VRC-91D (NSN: 5820-01-420-
6621)(EIC: GDG) AN/VRC-91F (NSN: 5820-01-451-
8249)(EIC: GA8) AN/VRC-92A (NSN: 5820-01-267-
9477)(EIC: L27) AN/VRC-92D (NSN: 5820-01-421-
2605)(EIC: GDH) AN/VRC-92F (NSN: 5820-01-451-
8250)(EIC: GM2) (THIS ITEM IS INCLUDED ON EM
0239). 1 August 2014.
Related Publications
Related publications are sources of additional information. They are not required
in order to understand this publication.
ARMY PUBLICATIONS
Army regulations are available on the APD Web Site (www.apd.army.mil)
AR 27-1. Legal Services, Judge Advocate Legal Services. 24 January 2017.
AR 40-66. Medical Record Administration and Health Care Documentation. 17 June
2008.
AR 40-400. Patient Administration. 8 July 2014.
ATP 3-22.40/MCWP 3-15.8/NTTP 3-07.3.2/AFTTP 3-
2.45/CGTTP 3-93.2. Multi-Service Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for the
Employment of Nonlethal Weapons. 13 February 2015.
ATP 3-34.5. Environmental Considerations. 10 August
2015.
ATP 3-55.4. Techniques for Information Collection during Operations among
Populations. 5 April 2016
ATP 5-19. Risk Management. 14 April 2014.
ATP 6-02.53. Techniques for Tactical Radio Operations. 7 January 2016.
ATTP 3-06.11. Combined Arms Operations in Urban Terrain. 10 June 2011.
DA Pamphet 750-8. The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS)User’s Manual. 22
August 2005.
Department of Defense Law of War Manual (10 Soldier’s Rules).
http://archive.defense.gov/pubs/Law-of-War-Manual- June-2015.pdf
FM 2-22.3. Human Intelligence Collector Operations. 6 September 2006.
FM 27-10. The Law of Land Warfare. 18 July 1956.
Geneva and Hague Convention, Laws of War.
http://www.loc.gov/rr/frd/Military_Law/pdf/ASubjScd-27- 1_1975.pdf
GTA 05-08-002. Environmental-Related Risk Assessment.
31 October 2013.
ISBN 9781284041750. Prehospital Trauma Life Support (Military Edition).
https://www.amazon.com/Prehospital-Trauma-Life- Support-Military/dp/1284041751.
STP 21-24-SMCT. Soldier’s Manual of Common Tasks (SMCT) Warrior Leader Skill Level
2, 3, And 4. 9
September 2008.
TC 3-25.26. Map Reading and Land Navigation. 15 November 2013.
TC 3-25.150. Combatives. 31 March 2017.
TC 7-98-1. Stability and Support Operations Training Support Package. 5 June 1997.
Recommended Readings
Manual for Courts-Martial. 2016 Edition
http://jsc.defense.gov/Portals/99/Documents/MCM2016. pdf?ver=2016-12-08-181411-957
Operational Law Handbook https://www.loc.gov/rr/frd/Military_Law/operational-law-
handbooks.html
Prescribed Forms
None
Referenced Forms
Department of the Army Forms
DA Forms are available on the APD Web Site (www.apd.army.mil)
DA Form 2028. Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms.
DA Form 2404. Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet.
DA Form 2823. Sworn Statement.
DA Form 4002. Evidence/Property Tag.
DA Form 4137. Evidence/Property Custody Document.
DA Form 5164-R. Hands-on Evaluation LRA. DA Form 5165-R. Field Expedient Squad
Book. DA Form 5517. Standard Range Card.
DA Form 5988-E. Equipment Inspection Maintenance Worksheet (EGA).”Printed forms are
available through normal supply channels.
Department of Defense Form
DD Forms are available on the OSD Web Site
(http://www.esd.whs.mil/Directives/forms/)
DD Form 1380. Tactical Combat Casualty Care (TCCC) Card.
DD Form 2745. Enemy Prisoner of War (EPW) Capture Tag.
DD Form 2977. Deliberate Risk Assessment Worksheet.
STP 21-1-SMCT
28 September 2017
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
MARK A. MILLEY
General, United States Army Chief of Staff
Official:
GERALD B. O’KEEFE
Administrative Assistant to the Secretary of the Army
1727006
DISTRIBUTION:
Active Army, Army National Guard, and United States Army Reserve: To be distributed
in accordance with the initial distrubution number (IDN) 111447, requirements for
STP 21-1-SMCT.
This page intentionally left blank.